Quarterlytics / Technology / Information Technology Services / TTEC Holdings, Inc.

TTEC Holdings, Inc.

ttec · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker ttec
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Information Technology Services
Employees 50000
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · TTEC Holdings, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
50% OF CONTACT CENTERS HAVE NO ANALYTICS CAPABILITIES 

//  MORE  THAN  ONE-THIRD  OF  INTERACTIONS  ARE  NOW 

DIGITAL,  TEN  YEARS  AGO  THAT  NUMBER  WAS  ZERO  // 

CUSTOMER  AUTHENTICATION 

IS  A  $12BN  UNADDRESSED 

COST  OPPORTUNITY  //  CUSTOMERS  LOSE  TWO  DAYS  OF 

WORK  A  YEAR  WAITING  FOR  IN-HOME  APPOINTMENTS  // 

IVRS  ACCOUNT  FOR  NEARLY  30%  OF  CALL  EXPERIENCES, 

YET  ONLY  7%  OUTPERFORM  THE  ORGANIZATIONS’  LIVE

ASSOCIATE  EXPERIENCE  //  BY  2020,  NEARLY  85%  OF  ALL 

CUSTOMER INTERACTIONS WILL BE SELF-SERVICE // ONLY ONE 

IN TEN ORGANIZATIONS VIEW REAL-TIME CX ANALYTICS // LESS 

THAN  HALF  OF  CONTACT  CENTER  INTELLIGENCE  IS  SHARED 

WITH THE REST OF THE ORGANIZATION // OVERALL CUSTOMER 

SATISFACTION  IS  DOWN  FOR  THE  FOURTH  CONSECUTIVE 

YEAR  //  NEARLY  ONE-THIRD  OF  CONTACT  CENTERS  DON’T 

HAVE  A  WORKFORCE  MANAGEMENT  SYSTEM  //  CUSTOMER 

INTERACTIONS  ARE  INCREASING  BUT  VOICE  INTERACTIONS 

ARE  DECREASING  //  LESS  THAN  ONE-THIRD  OF  ASSOCIATES 

ENGAGE IN SERVICE-TO-SALES // 80% OF CEOS BELIEVE THEIR 

BRAND  DELIVERS  A  GREAT  CUSTOMER  EXPERIENCE,  BUT 

LESS  THAN  10%  OF  THE  BRANDS’  CUSTOMERS  AGREE 

TeleTech is a leading global provider of customer experience, engagement, and growth solutions. 

Founded  in  1982,  the  company  helps  its  clients  acquire,  retain,  and  grow  profitable  customer 

relationships.  Using  customer-centric  strategy,  technology,  processes,  and  operations,  TeleTech 

partners with business leadership across marketing, sales, and customer care to design and deliver 

a simple, more human customer experience across every interaction channel.

Servicing over 80 countries, TeleTech’s 46,000 employees live by a set of customer-focused values 

that guide relationships with clients, their customers, and each other.

To  learn  more  about  how  TeleTech  is  bringing  humanity  to  the  customer  experience,  visit  us  at 

TeleTech.com.

9197 South Peoria Street  |  Englewood, CO 80112-5833  |  303.397.8100 or 1.800.835.3832

Global Headquarters

teletech.com

LEAD EVERY DAY  |  DO THE RIGHT THING  |  REACH FOR AMAZING  |  SEEK FIRST TO UNDERSTAND  |  ACT AS ONE  |  LIVE LIFE PASSIONATELY

Financial Highlights
($ in millions, except per share data)

Revenue in millions

Operating Income in millions

Net Income  
Per Diluted Share

$1,241.8

$1,286.8

$1,193.2

$101.4

$96.5

$90.2

$1.29

$1.44

$1.26

2013

2014

2015

2013

2014

2015

2013

2014

2015

Non-GAAP*

$1,194.4

$1,241.8

$1,350.5

$107.9

$100.2

$115.0

$1.48

$1.43

$1.48

Revenue

EBITDA

Operating income

Operating margin

EBIT

Net income

Average diluted shares outstanding

Net income per diluted share

Cash and cash equivalents

Total debt

Capital expenditures

2013

$  1,193.2

$    139.0

$    101.4

        8.5%

$      92.9

$      67.4

         52.2

$      1.29

$    158.0

$   109.8

$     50.4

2014

$  1,241.8

$       157.1

$      96.5 

         7.8%

$    100.5

$       72.3

         50.1

$       1.44

$       77.3

$    105.9

$       67.6

2015

$   1,286.8

$        151.9

$       90.2

           7.0%

$       88.1

 $         61.7

           49.0

$        1.26

$      60.3

$    107.3 

$      66.6

2015 Revenue by Vertical Market

2015 Revenue by Segment

  Telecommunications, Internet, 

Media and Entertainment

 Financial Services

 Healthcare 

 Automotive

 Technology

 Other

 Retail

 Government

4%3%

6%

33%

8%

13%

14%

19%

*For reconciliation to Non-GAAP Figures, see page 7.

  Customer Management 

Services

  Customer Technology 

Services

  Customer Growth 

Services

7%

10%

  Customer Strategy 

12%

Services

71%

 
Kenneth D. Tuchman 
Founder, Chairman and  
Chief Executive Officer

Our focus: customer experience, 
engagement and growth

TeleTech is sitting 
squarely at the 
intersection of  
a customers’ 
needs, wants 
and desires and a 
company’s ability 
to meet them.

Dear Shareholders,

2015 was a productive year for TeleTech. We achieved another year of strong bookings, 
added marquee brands to our client portfolio, expanded our integrated suite of offerings, 
and launched exciting new products. In over 80 countries, we helped clients improve their 
customer Net Promoter Score, increase first call resolution, reduce attrition, expand wallet 
share, and grow customer lifetime value. As a result, on a non-GAAP constant currency basis, 
we reported year-over-year growth in revenue, operating income, cash flow from operations, 
and earnings per share.

Our performance signals that we are making significant progress helping our clients improve the 
quality of their customers’ experiences. However, if you ask the average customer on the street, 
they would probably disagree. The statistics on the cover of our annual report shine a bright 
light on the gap between customer expectations and reality. One of the most glaring points 
comes from a recent Gartner study. It reports that 80 percent of CEOs think they are delivering 
a superior experience. In contrast, less than 10 percent of their customers agree. And therein lies 
our unique opportunity. TeleTech is sitting squarely at the intersection of a customers’ needs, 
wants and desires and a company’s ability to meet them. 

Crossing the divide

Companies are still approaching the customer experience with an inside-out strategy. They are 
addressing the challenge through an outdated lens of how things used to be – the days when 
corporate systems and processes ruled how customers made contact. Those days are ending. 

Back in the day, customers used one, or maybe two, channels to interact with a brand. Today, 
the choices are extensive and growing. Customer journeys used to be linear. Today, they are 
multidimensional and disconnected, and include dozens of micro-moments that happen on a 
mobile phone, through a text, social media, on the web, or in a retail store. And, customers used 
to be patient and willing to wait for a response. Today, in the absence of instant gratification, they 
move on to the competition. If that’s not bad enough, they leave behind a visceral social media 
trail that recommends their followers do the same.

Today, a handful of companies have built their businesses to anticipate the needs of today’s 
digitally sophisticated and capricious customers. These customer-centric brands are leading  
the pack and reaping the rewards of growth, profitability and passionate customer loyalty.  

…we help our 
clients orchestrate 
exceptional 
customer 
experiences that 
are seamless, 
personalized  
and simple.

Their competitors are scrambling to catch up and gain an outside-in view, but are falling short 
because they are woefully unprepared. These businesses are not structured to meet the 
demands of today’s customers. They don’t have a customer-focused strategy, they don’t have  
an integrated technology platform, and they don’t have the people and the culture to make  
the changes to help them survive. 

Digital disruption creates opportunity

As the speed of digital disruption accelerates, the situation will only grow more challenging. 
The race is on, but countless well-known and respected brands can’t magically change 
overnight. They have decades of systems, technologies and processes that need to evolve  
to keep up with the digital revolution. 

Why? Because change of this magnitude is hard, costly and takes courage. It takes a team of 
technology and customer experience innovators to turn the digital tide. Over the past several years, 
we’ve evolved our platform to become that company. We’ve been focused on building a solution to 
help brands successfully navigate this unchartered territory. And we are now just beginning to hit 
our stride. 

 − Through our customer strategy services, we help leaders become obsessive in their desire 

to understand their customers better. We provide them with the data, the processes and the 
organizational transformation tools to help them see the world through their customers’ eyes. 

 − Through our customer technology services, we architect and deploy the systems that make 

interactions seamless and more affordable.

 − With our customer management services, we enable organizations to deliver personalized 

experiences at scale.

 − With our customer growth services, we leverage digital tools to engage new customers at the 

precise moment they are ready to buy.

And, when we weave our capabilities together across our segments, we help our clients 
orchestrate exceptional customer experiences that are seamless, personalized and simple.

Poised and ready

But, we know that is not enough. Customer demand for effortless, cross-channel experiences 
drives the market to move at mach speed. The contact center in the form that we know today 
will not exist in the future. As the number and types of communication channels proliferate, the 
way that companies and their customers interact will change dramatically. And we are ready.

Since the beginning, we’ve had a single-minded purpose. To bring humanity to the customer 
experience by simplifying interactions between brands and their customers. We’ve been deliberate 
and invested to stay ahead of the curve and today we have all of the strategic, technological and 
operational capabilities our clients need to compete and win in the new marketplace. 

We knew it then and continue to believe it more every day, the best customer experience 
comes at the lowest cost to serve. We see it on the front lines. When we help our nearly 300 
clients remove the friction, their customers are happier, their employees are more effective, 
their bottom line improves, and their brand is recognized as compassionate and preferred. 

We continue to be incredibly proud of our more than 44,000 employees who are driving 
our transformation to a customer experience managed services company. As our customer 
strategists, data analysts, digital designers, systems architects, change leaders, and customer 
experience associates continue to work side by side, we are creating new and better ways to 
design and deliver customer experiences that are simple and elegant. Working together, we 
are helping our clients not only navigate, but become leaders in the experience economy by 
forging empathetic and profitable relationships with their customers. 

We remain confident in our path, resolute in our approach, and optimistic about our future. 
We have a growing, prestigious client base, differentiated value proposition, and a diverse, 
talented, and dedicated global employee base. Together, we are strong, committed and 
ready for where the market is today and where it will be heading tomorrow. 

Thank you for your continuing support.

Kenneth D. Tuchman 
Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

TeleTech is sitting squarely at the 
center of a customers’ needs, wants 
and desires and a company’s ability 
to meet them. Our outcome-based 
managed services platform delivers 
all the capabilities a brand needs 
to achieve and maintain customer 
experience differentiation.  

Exceptional customer experience: 
deliver all the capabilities a company 
needs to design and deliver a seamless 
customer experience across any 
channel a customer chooses - text, 
chat, voice, video, co-browse, email, 
and even face-to-face. 

Deepen customer engagement: 
use customer insight to increase their 
connection and loyalty to a brand. 

Accelerate and ignite growth: 
harness the power of analytics and 
digital tools to drive sales at the 
lowest cost.

Orchestrate digital journeys: 
activate and integrate information 
from real time interactions to deliver 
simple, relevant, personalized 
interactions across every touch point.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Revenue (in millions)

Revenue

 Changes due to foreign currency fluctuations

 Lost revenue due to weather

Non-GAAP Revenue

2013

2014

2015

$  1,193.2 
$               -   
$            1.2
$ 1,194.4 

$  1,241.8 
$                -  
$                -
$ 1,241.8 

$  1,286.8 
$         63.7
$                -
$ 1,350.5 

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Income from Operations and Operating Margin (in millions)

GAAP Income from Operations

 Restructuring charges, net

 Impairment losses

 Changes due to foreign currency fluctuations

 Net affect of revenue lost from typhoon

Non-GAAP Income from Operations

Non-GAAP Operating Margin

2013

2014

2015

$     101.4 
$          4.4 
$           1.2 
$               -   
$         0.8 
$     107.9 
        9.0%

$       96.5 
$           3.4 
$          0.4 
$               -   
$               -   
$   100.2 
     8.1%

$       90.2 
$            1.8 
$            8.1
$         14.9
$               -   
$   115.0 
    8.5%

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Net Income and Net Income per Diluted Share (in millions except per share data)

GAAP Net Income

 Asset impairment and restructuring charges, net of related taxes

 Deconsolidation of subsidiary

 Changes in acquisition earn-outs, net of related taxes

 Net affect from revenue lost from typhoon, net of related taxes

 Changes in valuation allowance and return to provision adjustments

Non-GAAP Net Income

 Average diluted shares outstanding

Non-GAAP Net Income per Diluted Share

Reconciliation of Free Cash Flow (in millions)

Net cash provided by operating activities

  Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Free Cash Flow

2013

2014

2015

$       67.4 
$           3.8 
$           3.6 
$              1.1 
$          0.6 
$          0.9 
$        77.4 
            52.2
$        1.48 

$       72.3 
$           2.5 
$                -   
$        (2.8)
$                -   
$         (0.1)
$        71.8 
            50.1
$        1.43

$       61.7 
$          6.6 
$               -   
$          0.3
$              -   
$         3.9
$      72.5 
            49.0
$       1.48 

2013

2014

2015

$     138.0 
$        50.4 
$        87.6 

$        94.1 
$         67.6 
$       26.4 

$        133.8 
$          66.6 
$          67.2 

Cautionary Note About Forward-Looking Statements This Report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 
1933, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, relating to our operations, expected financial position, 
results of operation, and other business matters that are based on our current expectations, assumptions, and projections with respect to the future, and are not a guarantee 
of performance.  In this report, when we use words such as “may,” “believe,” “plan,” “will,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “project,” “would,” “could,” “target,” or similar 
expressions, or when we discuss our strategy, plans, goals initiatives, or objectives, we are making forward-looking statements.
We caution you not to rely unduly on any forward-looking statements.  Actual results may differ materially from what is expressed in the forward-looking statements, and 
you should review and consider carefully the risks, uncertainties and other factors that affect our business and may cause such differences as outlined but are not limited to 
factors discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” of TeleTech Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Our forward looking statements speak only as of the date that this report is 
filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and we undertake no obligation to update them, except as may be required by applicable laws.

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

Form 10-K 

(Mark One) 

  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 

ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 
or 

  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from              to               
Commission File Number: 001-11919 

TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

84-1291044 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

9197 South Peoria Street 
Englewood, Colorado 80112 
(Address of principal executive offices) 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 
(303) 397-8100 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
NASDAQ Global Select Market 

Indicate by checkmark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None. 

Yes  No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934. Yes  No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such 
reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). 

Yes   No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405) is not contained herein, 
and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by 
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller 
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 
of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 
Large accelerated filer   

     Accelerated filer  

Non-accelerated filer  (Do not check if a smaller reporting 
company) 

Smaller reporting company  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  No  

As of June 30, 2015, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, there were 
48,232,405 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding. The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-
voting common stock that was held by non-affiliates on such date was $435,686,329 based on the closing sale price of the 
registrant’s common stock on such date as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. 

As of March 7, 2016, there were 48,343,409 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Certain information required for Part III of this report is incorporated by reference to the proxy statement for the registrant’s 2016 
annual meeting of stockholders. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
DECEMBER 31, 2015 FORM 10-K 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

CAUTIONARY NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION 

PART I 

Item 1.  Business 

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

Item 2.  Properties 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings 

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures 

PART II. 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 

Purchases of Equity Securities 

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data 

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 

Operations 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial 

Disclosure 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B. Other Information 

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 

Stockholder Matters 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Item 14.  Principal Accountants Fees and Services 

PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

SIGNATURES 

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TELETECH 

HOLDINGS, INC. 

Page No. 

ii 

ii 

1 

7 

16 

16 

17 

17 

18 

21 

23 

40 

42 

43 

43 

46 

47 

47 

47 

47 

47 

48 

51 

F-1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A 
of the Securities Act of 1933, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Private Securities 
Litigation Reform Act of 1995, relating to our operations, expected financial position, results of operation, 
and other business matters that are based on our current expectations, assumptions, and projections with 
respect to the future, and are not a guarantee of performance.  In this report, when we use words such as 
“may,” “believe,” “plan,” “will,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “project,” “would,” “could,” “target,” 
or  similar  expressions,  or  when  we  discuss  our  strategy,  plans,  goals,  initiatives,  or  objectives,  we  are 
making forward-looking statements. 

We caution you not to rely unduly on any forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially 
from what is expressed in the forward-looking statements, and you should review and consider carefully 
the  risks,  uncertainties  and  other  factors  that  affect  our  business  and  may  cause  such  differences  as 
outlined but are not limited to factors discussed in the section of this report  entitled “Risk Factors”. Our 
forward looking statements speak only as of the date that this report is filed with the United States Securities 
and  Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and  we undertake no  obligation to update them, except as may be 
required by applicable laws. 

AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION 

TeleTech Holdings, Inc.’s principal executive offices are located at 9197 South Peoria Street, Englewood, 
Colorado 80112. Electronic copies of our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, 
Current Reports on Form 8-K, Proxy Statements and any amendments to these reports are available free 
of charge by (i) visiting our website at http://www.teletech.com/investors/sec-filings/ or (ii) sending a written 
request  to  Investor  Relations  at  our  corporate  headquarters  or  to  investor.relations@teletech.com. 
TeleTech’s  SEC  filings  are  posted  on  our  corporate  website  as  soon  as  reasonably  practical  after  we 
electronically  file  such  materials  with,  or  furnish  them  to,  the  SEC.  Information  on  our  website  is  not 
incorporated by reference into this report. 

You may also access  any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 
F.  Street,  N.E.,  Room 1580, Washington,  D.C.  20549  (telephone  number  1-800-SEC-0330);  or  via    the 
SEC’s public website at www.sec.gov. 

ii 

 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS 

Our Business 

TeleTech  Holdings, Inc.  (“TeleTech”,  “the  Company”,  “we”,  “our”  or  “us”)  is  a  customer  engagement 
management service provider that delivers integrated consulting, technology, growth and customer care 
solutions on a global scale. Our suite of products and services allows us to design and deliver engaging, 
outcome-based customer experiences across numerous interaction channels. Our solutions are supported 
by 44,000 employees delivering services in 24 countries from 67 delivery centers on six continents. Our 
revenue for fiscal 2015 was $1,287 million. 

Since our establishment  in 1982,  we have helped clients strengthen their customer relationships,  brand 
recognition and loyalty through customer engagement solutions. We deliver thought leadership, technology 
and innovation that create customer strategies designed to differentiate our clients from their competition; 
data  analytics  that  personalize  interactions  and  increase  customer  value;  and  integration  services  that 
connect  clients’  customer  relationship  management  (“CRM”)  system  to  a  cloud-based  collaboration 
platform, leading to customer interactions that are seamless and relevant. 

Our services are value-oriented, outcome-based, and delivered on a global scale across all of our business 
segments:  Customer  Management  Services  (“CMS”),  Customer  Growth  Services  (“CGS”),  Customer 
Technology  Services  (“CTS”)  and  Customer  Strategy  Services  (“CSS”).  Our  integrated  customer 
experience managed services platform differentiates the Company by combining strategic consulting, data 
analytics,  process  optimization,  system  design  and  integration,  operational  excellence,  and  technology 
solutions and services. 

We have developed tailored expertise in the automotive, communications, financial services, government, 
healthcare, logistics, media and entertainment, retail, technology, travel and transportation industries. We 
target customer-focused industry leaders in the Global 1000 and serve approximately 300 global clients. 

To  improve  our  competitive  position  in  a  rapidly  changing  market  and  stay  strategically  relevant  to  our 
clients,  we  continue  to  invest  in  innovation  and  growth  businesses,  diversifying  our  heritage  business 
process  outsourcing  services  of  our  CMS  segment  into  higher-value  consulting,  data  analytics,  digital 
marketing  and  technology-enabled  services.  Of  the  $1,287  million  in  revenue  we  reported  in  2015, 
approximately  29%  or  $373  million  came  from  the  CGS,  CTS  and  CSS  segments  (our  “Emerging 
Segments”),  focused  on  customer-centric  strategy,  growth  or  technology-based  services,  with  the 
remainder of our revenue coming from the heritage business process outsourcing focused CMS segment. 

Consistent with our growth and diversification strategy, we continue to invest in technology differentiation, 
analytics, cloud computing and digital marketing. We also invest in businesses that accelerate our strategy: 
in 2014, we acquired Sofica Group, a Bulgarian customer management services company which provides 
our clients with the capabilities of 18 additional languages while contributing to the geographic and time 
zone diversity of our footprint; and rogenSi, a global leadership, change management and sales consulting 
company that further diversifies our consulting offerings. 

1 

 
 
 
Our business is structured and reported in the following four segments: 

Operating Segments and Industry Verticals 

CMS 

CGS 

CTS 

CSS 

Automotive 
Communication 
Financial Services 
Government 
Healthcare 
Media and Entertainment 
Retail 
Technology 

   Automotive 
   Communication 
   Financial Services 
   Healthcare 
   Media and Entertainment     Healthcare 
   Technology 
   Travel and Transportation     Retail 

   Automotive 
   Communication 
   Financial Services 
   Government 

   Automotive 
   Communication 
   Financial Services 
   Government 
   Healthcare 

  Technology 

   Media and Entertainment     Media and Entertainment 

  Technology 
  Travel and Transportation   

Our  strong  balance  sheet,  cash  flows  from  operations  and  access  to  debt  and  capital  markets  have 
historically provided us the financial flexibility to effectively fund our organic growth, capital expenditures, 
strategic  acquisitions  and  incremental  investments.  Additionally,  we  continue  to  return  capital  to  our 
shareholders  via  an  ongoing  stock  repurchase  program  and  regular  semi-annual  dividends.  As  of 
December 31,  2015,  our  cumulative  authorized  repurchase  allowance  was  $662.3  million,  of  which  we 
repurchased 42.8 million shares for $642.8 million. For the period from January 1, 2016 through March 7, 
2016,  we purchased  217,346 additional shares at a cost of  $5.6 million. The stock repurchase program 
does  not  have  an  expiration  date.  Effective  February 18,  2016,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  an 
increase in the share repurchase allowance of $25 million. 

On  February 24,  2015,  our  Board  of  Directors  adopted  a  dividend  policy,  with  the  intent  to  distribute  a 
periodic cash dividend to stockholders of our common stock, after consideration of, among other things, 
TeleTech’s performance, cash flows, capital needs and liquidity  factors. Given our cash flow generation 
and balance sheet strength, we believe cash dividends and early returns to shareholders through share 
repurchases,  in balance  with our  investments in  innovation and strategic acquisitions, align shareholder 
interests  with  the  needs  of  the  Company.  The  initial  dividend  of  $0.18  per  common  share  was  paid  on 
March 16, 2015 to shareholders of record as of March 6, 2015. An additional dividend of $0.18 per common 
share was paid on October 14, 2015 to shareholders of record as of September 30, 2015. Effective February 
18, 2016, the Board of Directors authorized an increase in the semi-annual dividend to $0.185 per common 
share, payable on April 15, 2016 to shareholders of record as of March 31, 2016. 

Our Market Opportunity 

We believe that exceptional customer engagement creates sustainable economic value for our clients and 
our market opportunities are defined by the following trends: 

 

Increasing  focus  on  customer  engagement  to  sustain  competitive  advantage.  —  Our  ability  to 
sustain  a  competitive  advantage  based  on  price  or  product  differentiation  has  significantly 
narrowed given the speed of technological innovation. As customers become more connected and 
widely broadcast their experiences across a variety of social networking channels, the quality of 
the experience  has a profound impact on brand loyalty  and business performance. We believe 
customers are increasingly shaping their  attitudes, behaviors and  willingness to  recommend or 
stay with a brand on the totality of their experience, including not only the superiority of the product 
or service but more importantly on the quality of their ongoing service interactions. Given the strong 
correlation  between  high  customer  satisfaction  and  improved  profitability,  we  believe  more 
companies are increasingly focused on selecting third-party partners, such as TeleTech, who can 
deliver an analytic-driven, integrated solution that increases the lifetime value of each customer 
relationship versus merely reducing costs. 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Increasing percentage of companies consolidating their customer engagement requirements with 
the few select partners who can deliver measurable business outcomes by offering an integrated, 
technology-rich solution. — The proliferation of mobile communication technologies and devices 
along with customers’ increased access to information and heightened expectations are driving 
the need for companies to implement enabling technologies that ensure customers have the best 
experience across all devices and channels. These two-way interactions need to be received or 
delivered seamlessly via the customer channel of choice and include voice, email, chat, SMS text, 
intelligent self serve, virtual agents and the social network. We believe companies will continue to 
consolidate to third-party partners, like TeleTech, who have demonstrated expertise in increasing 
brand  value  by  delivering  a  holistic,  integrated  customer-centric  solution  that  spans  strategy  to 
execution versus the time, expense and often failed returns resulting from linking together a series 
of point solutions from different providers. 

  Focus  on  speed-to-market  by  companies  launching  new  products  or  entering  new  geographic 
locations.  —  As  companies  broaden  their  product  offerings  and  enter  new  markets,  they  are 
looking for partners that can provide speed-to-market while reducing their capital and operating 
risk. To  achieve  these  benefits,  companies  select  us  because  of  our  extensive  operating  track 
record, established global footprint, financial strength, commitment to innovation, and our ability 
to quickly scale infrastructure and complex business processes around the globe in a short period 
of time while assuring a high-quality experience for their customers. 

Our Strategy 

We aim to grow our revenue and profitability by focusing on higher margin, data and technology-enabled 
services that drive a superior customer experience and engagement. To that end we plan to continue: 

  Building  deeper,  more  strategic  relationships  with  existing  global  clients  to  drive  enduring, 

transformational change within their organizations; 

  Pursuing new clients who lead their respective industries and who are committed to the customer 

engagement as a differentiator; 

 

Investment in our Global Markets and Industries sales leadership team; 

  Executing strategic acquisitions that further complement and expand our integrated solution; and 

 

Investing  in  innovative  technology-enabled  platforms  and  innovating  through  proprietary 
technology  advancements,  broader  and  globally  protected  intellectual  property,  and  process 
optimization. 

Our Integrated Service Offerings and Business Segments 

We have four operating and reportable segments, which provide an integrated set of services including: 

Customer Strategy Services 

We typically begin by engaging our clients at a strategic level. Through our strategy, change management 
and  analytics-driven  consulting  expertise,  we  help  our  clients  design,  build  and  execute  their  customer 
engagement strategies. We help our clients to better understand and predict their customers’ behaviors 
and preferences along with their current and future economic value. Using proprietary analytic models, we 
provide the insight clients need to build the business case for customer centricity, to better optimize their 
marketing spend and then work alongside them to help implement our recommendations. A key component 
of  this  segment  involves  instilling  a  high  performance  culture  through  management  and  leadership 
alignment and process optimization. 

3 

 
 
 
Customer Technology Services 

Once  the  design  of  the  customer  engagement  is  completed,  our  ability  to  architect,  deploy  and  host  or 
manage  the  client’s  customer  management  environments  becomes  a  key  enabler  to  achieving  and 
sustaining  the  client’s  customer  engagement  vision.  Given  the  proliferation  of  mobile  communication 
technologies  and  devices,  we  enable  our  clients’  operations  to  interact  with  their  customers  across  the 
growing  array  of channels  including  email, social networks, mobile,  web,  SMS text, voice and chat. We 
design, implement and manage cloud, on-premise or hybrid customer management environments to deliver 
a  consistent  and  superior  experience  across  all  touch  points  on  a  global  scale  that  we  believe  result  in 
higher quality, lower costs and reduced risk for our clients. Through our proprietary Humanify™ technology, 
we  also  provide  data-driven  context  aware  SaaS-based  solutions  that  link  customers  seamlessly  and 
directly to appropriate resources, any time and across any channel. 

Customer Management Services 

We design and manage clients’ front-to-back office processes to deliver just-in-time, personalized, multi-
channel interactions. Our front-office solutions seamlessly  integrate voice, chat,  email, e-commerce and 
social media to optimize the customer experience for our clients. In addition, we manage certain client back-
office  processes  to  enhance  their  customer-centric  view  of  relationships  and  maximize  operating 
efficiencies. Our delivery of integrated business processes via our onshore, offshore or work-from-home 
associates  reduces  operating  costs  and  allows  customer  needs  to  be  met  more  quickly  and  efficiently, 
resulting in higher satisfaction, brand loyalty and a stronger competitive position for our clients. 

Customer Growth Services 

We offer integrated sales and marketing solutions to help our clients boost revenue in new, fragmented or 
underpenetrated  business-to-consumer  or  business-to-business  markets.  We  deliver  approximately  $2 
billion  in  client  revenue  annually  via  the  acquisition,  growth  and  retention  of  customers  through  a 
combination of our highly trained, client-dedicated sales professionals and our proprietary Revana Analytic 
Multichannel PlatformTM. This platform continuously aggregates individual customer information across all 
channels into one holistic view so as to ensure more relevant and personalized communications. As a result 
of  our  acquisition  of  the  digital  agency WebMetro,  we  have  developed  an  integrated  marketing-to-sales 
platform that links online searches to live sales through a closed loop, multichannel interface. This platform 
uses proprietary tools and methodology to capture and use more than 400 marketing and sales data points 
to engage with customers in relevant conversations. 

Based on our clients’ requirements, we provide our services on an integrated cross-business segment 
and on a discrete basis. 

Additional information with respect to our segments and geographic footprint is included in Part II, Item 8. 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Our Competitive Strengths 

We believe our integrated suite of services and holistic approach to customer engagement is an industry 
differentiator.  Our  end-to-end  capabilities,  from  customer  strategy  and  technology  services  to  customer 
management  and  growth  services,  improve  customer  outcomes,  increase  satisfaction  and  loyalty, 
strengthen  operating  effectiveness  and  efficiencies,  and  drive  long-term  growth  and  profitability  for  our 
clients. We also believe that our technological solutions, innovative human capital strategies and globally 
scaled and deployed best practices are key elements to our continued industry leadership. 

As  the  complexity  and  pace  of  technological  change  required  to  deliver  a  multi-channel  customer 
engagement  increases,  the  successful  execution  of  our  principal  corporate  strategies  is  based  on  our 
competitive strengths, which are briefly described below: 

  Our industry  reputation and leadership position  with  over three decades of expertise  delivering 
integrated customer engagement solutions provides our clients with the ability to enable, manage 
and grow the value of every customer relationship; 

4 

 
 
 
  Multi-channel, multi-modal  solutions that meet the rapidly changing profile of the customer and 

their heightened expectations; 

  Scalable technology  and human capital  infrastructure using globally deployed best practices to 

ensure a consistent, high-quality service; 

  Tailored  and  optimized  customer  care  delivery  through  the  use  of  proprietary  workforce  hiring, 

training and performance optimization methodology and tools; and 

  Commitment to continued product and services innovation that enhances the strategic capabilities 

of our clients. 

Technological Excellence 

Our technology platform is based on a secure, private, 100% internet protocol based infrastructure. This 
architecture  enables  us  to  centralize  and  standardize  our  worldwide  delivery  capabilities  resulting  in 
improved scalability and quality of delivery for our clients, as well as lower capital, and lower information 
technology (“IT”) operating costs. 

The foundation of this platform is our four IP hosting centers known as TeleTech GigaPOPs®, which are 
located  on  three  continents.  Our  GigaPOPs®  provide  a  fully  integrated  suite  of  voice  and  data  routing, 
workforce management, quality monitoring, business analytic and storage capabilities, enabling seamless 
operations  from  any  location  around  the  globe.  This  hub  and  spoke  model  enables  us  to  provide  our 
services at the lowest cost while increasing scalability, reliability, asset utilization and the diversity of our 
service offerings. It also provides an effective redundancy to address ordinary course system interruptions 
and outages due to natural disasters and other force majeure conditions. 

To ensure high end-to-end security and reliability of this critical infrastructure, we monitor and manage the 
TeleTech GigaPOPs® 24 x 7, 365 days per year from several strategically located global command centers 
as well as providing redundant, fail-over capabilities for each GigaPOP® to address ordinary course system 
interruptions and outages due to natural disasters and other force majeure conditions. 

Importantly,  this  platform  has  become  the  foundation  for  new,  innovative  offerings  including  TeleTech’s 
cloud-based offerings, TeleTech@Home and our suite of human capital solutions. 

Innovative Human Capital Strategies 

Our globally located, highly trained employees are a crucial component of the success of our business. We 
have  made  significant  investments  in  proprietary  technologies,  management  tools,  methodologies  and 
training processes in the areas of talent acquisition, learning services, knowledge management, workforce 
collaboration  and  performance  optimization.  These  capabilities  are  the  culmination  of  more  than  three 
decades  of  experience  in  managing  large,  global  workforces  combined  with  the  latest  technology, 
innovation and strategy in the field of human capital management. This capability has enabled us to deliver 
a consistent, scalable and flexible workforce that is highly engaged in achieving or exceeding our clients’ 
business objectives. 

Globally Deployed Best Operating Practices 

Globally  deployed  best  operating  practices  assure  that  we  deliver  a  consistent,  scalable,  high-quality 
experience to our clients’ customers from any of our 67 delivery centers and work from home associates 
around the world. Standardized processes include our approach to attracting, screening, hiring, training, 
scheduling, evaluating, coaching and maximizing associate performance to meet our clients’ needs. We 
provide real-time reporting on performance across the globe to ensure consistency of delivery. In addition, 
this information provides valuable insight into what is driving customer inquiries, enabling us to proactively 
recommend process changes to our clients to optimize their customers’ experience. 

5 

 
 
Our global operating model includes delivery centers in 17 countries on six continents that operate 24 hours 
a day, 365 days a year. New delivery centers are established and existing centers are expanded or scaled 
down to accommodate anticipated business demands or specific client needs. We continue to expand our 
capacity in the Philippines and Latin America to leverage demand and favorable cost efficiencies, and are 
exploring  opportunities  in  Central  Europe  and  Africa  to  augment  our  multi-lingual  service  offerings  and 
continue to diversify our footprint. 

Of  the  17  countries  from  which  we  provide  customer  management  solutions,  11  provide  services  for 
onshore clients including the U.S., Australia, Brazil, China, Germany, Ireland, Macedonia, New Zealand, 
South  Africa, Thailand,  and the United Kingdom. The total number of workstations in these countries  is 
12,900, or 36% of our total delivery capacity. The other six countries provide services, partially or entirely, 
for offshore clients including Bulgaria, Canada, Costa Rica, Mexico, Poland, and the Philippines. The total 
number of workstations in these countries is 22,500 or 64% of our total delivery capacity. 

See Item 1A. Risk Factors for a description of the risks associated with our foreign operations. 

Clients 

We develop long-term relationships with Global 1000 companies in customer intensive industries, whose 
business complexities and customer focus requires a partner that can quickly and globally scale integrated 
technology and data-enabled services. 

In 2015, our top five and ten clients represented 35% and 48% of total revenue, respectively; and one of 
our  clients,  Telstra  Corporation  Limited,  represented  10%  of  our  total  annual  revenue.  In  several  of  our 
operating segments, we enter into long-term relationships which provide us with a more predictable revenue 
stream. Although most of our contracts can be terminated for convenience by either party, our relationships 
with our top five clients have ranged from two to 19 years including multiple contract renewals for several 
of  these  clients.  In  2015,  we  had  a  96%  client  retention  rate  for  the  combined  Customer  Management 
Services and Customer Growth Services segments. 

Certain  of our  communications clients provide  us  with telecommunication  services through arm’s  length 
negotiated transactions. These clients currently represent approximately 17% of our total annual revenue. 
Expenditures under these supplier contracts represent less than one percent of our total operating costs. 

Competition 

We are a diverse, global customer engagement management company. Our competitors vary by geography 
and  business  segment,  and  range  from  large  multinational  corporations  to  smaller,  narrowly-focused 
enterprises.  Across  our  lines  of  business,  the  principal  competitive  factors  include:  client  relationships, 
technology and process innovation; integrated solutions, operational performance and efficiencies, pricing, 
brand recognition and financial strength. 

Our strategy in maintaining market leadership is to prudently invest, innovate and provide integrated value-
driven services, all centered around customer engagement management. Today, we are executing on a 
more expansive, holistic strategy by transforming our business into higher-value offerings through organic 
investments and strategic acquisitions. As we execute, we are differentiating ourselves in the marketplace 
and entering new markets that introduce us to an expanded competitive landscape. 

In our core customer care and management competency, we primarily compete with the in-house customer 
management  operations  of  our  current  and  potential  clients,  as  well  as  other  companies  that  provide 
customer  care  and  business  process  outsourcing  (“BPO”)  services,  including:  Convergys,  Sykes,  and 
Teleperformance,  among  others.  As  we  expand  our  offerings  into  customer  engagement  consulting, 
technology,  and  growth,  we  are  competing  with  smaller  specialized  companies  and  divisions  of 
multinational  companies, 
including  Bain &  Company,  McKinsey &  Company,  Accenture, IBM, 
AT&T, Interactive Intelligence, LiveOps, inContact, Five9, WPP, Publicis Groupe, Dentsu, Sitel, and others. 

6 

 
 
 
Employees 

Our  people  are  our  most  valuable  asset.  As  of  December 31,  2015,  we  had  44,000 employees  in  24 
countries  on  six  continents.  Although  a  small  percentage  of  these  employees  are  hired  seasonally  to 
address the fourth quarter and first quarter higher business volumes in retail, healthcare and other seasonal 
industries, most remain employed throughout the year and work at 67 locations and through our @home 
environment. Approximately 67% of our employees are located outside of the U.S. Approximately 15% of 
our  employees  are  covered  by  collective  bargaining  agreements,  most  of  which  are  mandated  under 
national labor laws outside of the United States. These agreements are subject to periodic renegotiations 
and we anticipate that they will be renewed in the ordinary course of business without material impact to 
our  business  or  in  a  manner  materially  different  from  other  companies  covered  by  such  industry-wide 
agreements. 

Research, Innovation, Intellectual Property and Proprietary Technology 

We  recognize  the  value  of  innovation  in  our  business  and  are  committed  to  developing  leading-edge 
technologies and proprietary solutions. Research and innovation has been a major factor in our success 
and  we  believe  that  it  will  continue  to  contribute  to  our  growth  in  the  future.  We  use  our  investment  in 
research and development to create, commercialize and deploy innovative business strategies and high-
value technology solutions. 

We  deliver  value  to  our  clients  through,  and  our  success  in  part  depends  on,  certain  proprietary 
technologies  and  methodologies.  We  leverage  U.S.  and  foreign  patent,  trade  secret,  copyright  and 
trademark laws as well as confidentiality, proprietary information non-disclosure agreements, and key staff 
non-competition agreements to protect our proprietary technology. 

As of December 31, 2015 we had 92 patent applications pending in 10 jurisdictions; and own 120 U.S. and 
non-U.S.  patents  that  we  leverage  in  our  operations  and  as  market  place  differentiation  for  our  service 
offerings.  Our  trade  name,  logos  and  names  of  our  proprietary  solution  offerings  are  protected  by  their 
historic use and by trademarks and service marks registered in 59 countries. 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

In  addition  to  the  other  information  presented  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K,  you  should  carefully 
consider the risks and uncertainties discussed in this section when evaluating our business. If any of these 
risks  or  uncertainties  actually  occurs,  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  (including 
revenue  and  profitability)  could  be  materially  adversely  affected  and  the  market  price  of  our  stock  may 
decline. 

Our markets are highly competitive and we might not be able to compete effectively 

The  markets  where  we  offer  our  services  are  highly  competitive.  Our  future  performance  is  largely 
dependent on our ability to compete successfully in markets we currently serve, while expanding into new, 
profitable markets. We compete with large multinational service providers (including the service arms of 
global  technology  providers);  offshore  service  providers  from  lower-cost  jurisdictions  that  offer  similar 
services, often at highly competitive prices and more aggressive contract terms; niche solution or service 
providers  that  compete  with  us  in  a  specific  geographic  markets,  industry  segments  or  service  areas, 
including  companies  that  rely  on  new  technologies  or  delivery  models;  and  in-house  functions  of  large 
companies that use their own resources, rather than outsourcing customer care services we provide. Some 
of our competitors have greater financial or marketing resources than we do and, therefore, may be better 
able to compete. 

Further,  the  continuing  trend  of  consolidation  in  the  technology  sector  and  among  business  process 
outsourcing competitors in various geographies where we have operations may result in new competitors 
with greater scale, a broader footprint, better technologies and price efficiencies attractive to our clients. If 
we  are  unable  to  compete  successfully  and  provide  our  clients  with  superior  service  and  solutions  at 
competitive prices, we could lose market share and clients to competitors, which would materially adversely 
affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

7 

 
 
 
 
If the TeleTech leadership team is unsuccessful in implementing our business strategy or if our new 
investments are not successful, our financial condition could be adversely affected 

Our  growth  strategy  included  a  diversification  of  our  business  beyond  contact  center  customer  care 
outsourcing to an  integrated customer experience platform that unites innovative technologies, strategic 
consulting,  data  analytics,  digital  marketing,  client  growth  solutions,  and  customer  care  focused  system 
design  and  integration.  The  strategy  also  includes  an  accelerated  investment  in  the  development  of 
proprietary technologies, and the deployment of a multi business line sales function. These investments in 
technologies, integrated solution development and sales, however, may not lead to increased revenue and 
profitability  as  we  may  not  be  successful  in  deploying  our  new  products  and  services.  If  we  are  not 
successful in creating value from these investments, the investments and lack of new integrated sales could 
have a negative impact on our operating results and financial condition. 

Our profitability could suffer if our cost-management strategies are unsuccessful 

Our ability to improve or maintain our profitability is dependent on our ability to successfully manage our 
costs.  Our  cost  management  strategies  include  optimizing  the  alignment  between  the  demand  for  our 
services  and  our  resource  capacity,  the  costs  of  service  delivery,  the  cost  of  sales,  and  general  and 
administrative costs, as a percentage of revenues. If we are not effective in managing our operating and 
administrative costs in response to changes in demand and pricing for our services; if we are unable to 
absorb or pass on to our clients the increases in our costs of operations, our results of operations could be 
materially adversely affected. 

Cyber attacks on our systems and disclosure of personal information could result in harm to our 
reputation, legal liability, and service outages, any of which  could adversely  affect our business 
and results of operations 

Our  business  is  dependent  upon  our  information  technology  systems.  Information  security  breaches, 
computer viruses, interruption or loss of business data, DDoS (denial of service) attacks, and other cyber 
attacks  on  any  of  these  systems  could  disrupt  the  normal  operations  of  our  contact  centers,  our  cloud 
platform offerings, and our enterprise services, impeding our ability to provide critical services to our clients 
and  preventing  key  personnel  from  being  able  to  perform  their  duties  or  communicate  within  our 
organization.  Our  business  involves  the  use,  storage  and  transmission  of  information  about  our  clients, 
customers of our clients, and our employees. While we take reasonable measures to protect the security 
of and unauthorized access to our systems and the privacy of personal and proprietary information that we 
access  and  store,  our  security  controls  over  our  systems  may  not  prevent  the  improper  access  to  or 
disclosure  of  this  information.  Such  unauthorized  access  or  disclosure    subject  us  to  liability  under  our 
contracts  and  laws,  and  could  harm  our  reputation  resulting  in  loss  of  revenue,  and  loss  of  business 
opportunities. 

In recent years there have been an increasing number of high profile security breaches at private and public 
companies  and  government  agencies,  and  security  experts  have  warned  about  the  growing  risks  of 
hackers, cyber criminals and a broad range of potential attacks targeting information technology systems. 
While we have taken measures to protect our systems from intrusion, we cannot be certain that advances 
in  cyber  criminal  capabilities,  discovery  of  new  system  vulnerabilities,  and  attempts  to  exploit  such 
vulnerabilities  will not compromise or breach the technology protecting our systems and the information 
that  we  manage  and  control.  Cyber  attacks  may  force  us  to  expend  significant  additional  resources  in 
response to system disruptions or security breaches, including additional investments in repairing system 
damage, reconfiguring and rerouting systems to reduce vulnerabilities;  cyber security protection costs, and 
litigation  and  resolution  of  related  legal  claims.  A  significant  security  breach  could  materially  harm  our 
business, financial condition and operating results. 

8 

 
 
 
Our results of operations and ability to grow could be materially adversely affected if we cannot 
adapt our services offerings to changes in technology 

Our  success  depends  on  our  ability  to  develop  and  implement  technology,  consulting  and  outsourcing 
services and solutions that anticipate and respond to rapid and continuing changes in technology. Areas of 
significant  change  include  mobility,  cloud-based  computing,  and  processing  and  analyzing  large  and 
unstructured  data.  Our  growth  and  profitability  will  depend  on  our  ability  to  develop  and  adopt  new 
technologies that expand our existing solutions and service offerings to leverage new technological trends 
and developments, and achieve cost efficiencies in our operations. We may not be successful in anticipating 
or responding to new technology developments and our integration of new technologies may not achieve 
their intended cost reductions. Services and technologies offered by our competitors may make our service 
offerings obsolete. Our failure to innovate, maintain technological  advantage, or respond effectively  and 
timely  to  transformational  changes  in  technology  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial condition, and results of operations. 

Our cloud solutions present execution and competitive risks  

We are devoting significant resources to extend our current cloud solutions which are and will continue to 
be  materially  dependent  upon  certain  third  party  infrastructure  and  licensed  software.  There  can  be  no 
assurance  that  such  third  parties  will  continue  to  support  and  maintain  their  products  and  services.  In 
addition to certain software development costs, we are incurring costs to build and maintain infrastructure 
to support cloud computing services.  

Certain  new  competitors  offer  alternative  cloud-based  services  for  consumers  and  business  customers. 
While we believe our expertise, investments in infrastructure, and the breadth of our cloud-based services 
provide us with a solid foundation to compete, it is uncertain whether our strategies will attract the users or 
generate the revenue required to be successful. 

If we are unable to attract and retain industry leaders for key positions in our business, our business 
and our strategy execution can be adversely impacted 

Our business success depends on contributions of senior management and key personnel. Our ability to 
attract, motivate and retain key senior management staff is conditioned on our willingness to pay adequate 
compensation and incentives. We compete for top senior management candidates with other, often larger, 
companies that at times have access to greater resources. Our ability to attract senior management is also 
impacted  by  our  requirement  that  members  of  senior  management  sign  non-compete  agreements  as  a 
condition to joining TeleTech. If we are not able to attract and retain industry leaders, we would be unable 
to compete effectively and our growth may be limited, which could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, results of operations, and prospects. 

A large portion of our revenue is generated from a limited number of clients and the loss of one or 
more of our clients could cause adversely effect on our business 

We rely on strategic, long-term relationships with large, global companies in targeted industries. As a result, 
we derive a substantial portion of our revenue from relatively few clients. Our five and ten largest clients 
collectively represented 35% and 48% of our revenue in 2015 while the largest client represented 10% of 
our revenue in 2015.  

Although we have multiple engagements with each of our largest clients and all contracts are unlikely to 
terminate at the same time, the contracts with our five largest clients expire between 2016 and 2020 and 
there can be no assurance that these contracts will continue to be renewed at all or be renewed on favorable 
terms.  The  loss  of  all  or  part  of  a  major  client’s  business  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business, financial condition and results of operations, if the loss of revenue was not replaced with profitable 
business from other clients. 

9 

 
 
 
We serve clients in industries that have historically experienced a significant level of consolidation. If one 
of our clients is acquired by another company (including another one of our clients) our business volume 
and revenue may materially  decrease due to the termination or phase  out of an existing client contract, 
volume  discounts  or  other  contract  concessions  which  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial condition, and results of operations. 

Our delivery model involves geographic concentration exposing us to significant operational risks 

Our business model is dependent on our service delivery centers and enterprise support functions being 
located in low cost jurisdictions around the globe. We have presence in 24 countries, but our customer care 
management delivery capacity and our back office functions are concentrated in the Philippines and Latin 
America, and our technology solutions delivery centers are concentrated in a few locations in the United 
States.  Natural  disasters  (floods,  winds  and  earthquakes),  terrorist  attacks,  pandemics,  insufficient 
infrastructure  (large-scale  utilities  outages,  telecommunication  and  transportation  disruptions),  labor  or 
political unrest, and restriction on repatriation of funds at some of these locations may interrupt or limit our 
ability to operate or may increase our costs. Our business continuity  and disaster recovery plans,  while 
extensive, may not be effective, particularly if catastrophic events occur. 

Our dependence on our delivery centers and enterprise services support functions in the Philippines, which 
is  subject  to  frequent  severe  weather,  natural  disasters,  and  occasional  security  threats,  represents  a 
particular  risk.  This  geographic  concentration  could  result  in  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial condition and results of operations. Although we procure business interruption insurance to cover 
some of these exposures, adequate insurance may not be available on an ongoing basis for a reasonable 
price. 

Our growth of operations could strain our resources and cause our business to suffer 

We plan to continue growing our business organically through aggressive expansion and sales efforts and 
through  strategic  acquisitions,  while  maintaining  tight  controls  on  our  expenses  and  overhead.  Lean 
overhead  functions  combined  with  focused  growth  may  place  a  strain  on  our  management  systems, 
infrastructure and resources, resulting in internal control failures, missed opportunities, and staff attrition 
which could impact our business and results of operations. 

Our results of operation and share price could be adversely affected if we are unable to maintain 
effective internal controls over financial reporting and we are not able to prevent  or timely detect 
all errors or acts of fraud 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial 
reporting.  As  disclosed  in  Item  9A.  Controls  and  Procedures,  our  management  has  identified  material 
weaknesses  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  related  to  the  effectiveness  of  our  control 
environment and controls over account reconciliations, journal entries, revenue, and impairments. 

A  material  weakness  is  a  deficiency,  or  a  combination  of  deficiencies,  in  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement in our annual or interim 
financial  statements  will  not  be  prevented  or  detected  on  a  timely  basis.  As  a  result  of  the  material 
weaknesses discussed above, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting 
was not effective as of December 31, 2015. Although we are taking remedial actions in response to the 
identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, there can be no assurances 
that we will be able to prevent future control deficiencies, including material weaknesses, from occurring, 
nor  that  our  remediation  actions  will  be  successful.  If  additional  material  weaknesses  or  significant 
deficiencies  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  are  discovered  or  occur  in  the  future,  our 
consolidated financial statements may contain material misstatements. These misstatements could result 
in restatements of our consolidated financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations 
or cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could lead to a decline in 
our stock price. 

Any  internal  and  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  no  matter  how  well  conceived  and  operated,  can 
provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Inherent 
limitations within a control system include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and 
that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented 
by individuals acting alone or in collusion with others to override controls.  

10 

 
 
 
Accordingly,  because  of  the  inherent  limitations  in  the  design  of  a  cost  effective  control  system, 
misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not always be prevented or timely detected, even 
if we are successful in remediating the material weaknesses previously identified by management. 

Our financial results depend on our capacity utilization and our ability to forecast demand and make 
timely decisions about staffing levels, investments and operating expenses 

Our ability to meet our strategic growth and profitability objectives depends on how effectively we manage 
our  contact  center  capacity  against  the  fluctuating  and  seasonal  client  demands.  Predicting  customer 
demand  and  making  timely  staffing  level  decisions,  investments  and  other  operating  expenditure 
commitments  in  each  of  our  delivery  center  locations  is  key  to  our  successful  project  execution  and 
profitability  maximization.  We  can  provide  no  assurance  that  we  will  continue  to  be  able  to  achieve  or 
maintain desired delivery center capacity utilization, because quarterly variations in client volumes, many 
of which are outside our control, can have a material adverse effect on our utilization rates. If our utilization 
rates are below expectations, because of our very high fixed costs of operation, our financial conditions and 
results of operations could be adversely affected. 

If we cannot recruit, hire, train, and retain qualified employees in balance with the demand of our 
clients, our business will be adversely affected 

Our business is labor intensive and our ability to locate and train employees with the right skills at the right 
price  point  is  critical  to  achieving  our  growth  objective.  Demand  for  qualified  personnel  with  multiple 
language capabilities and fluency in English may exceed supply. Employees with new backgrounds and 
skills may also be required to keep pace with evolving technologies and client demands. While we invest 
and  make  progress  in  employee  retention,  we  continue  to  experience  high  employee  turnover  and  are 
continuously recruiting and training replacement staff. Some of our facilities are located in geographies with 
low unemployment, which makes it costly to hire personnel, and in several jurisdictions, jurisdiction-specific 
wage  regulations  are  changing  quickly  which  make  it  difficult  to  recruit  new  employees.  Our  inability  to 
attract and retain qualified personnel at costs acceptable under our contracts, our costs associated with 
attracting, training, and retaining employees, and the challenge of managing the continuously changing and 
seasonal client demands could have a material adverse effect on our business,  financial condition,  and 
results of operations. 

Our commercial success is subject to the terms of our client contracts, many of which can increase 
the volatility of our revenue and could impact our margins 

Many of our contracts have termination for convenience clauses, which could have a material adverse effect 
on  our  results  of  operation.  Although  many  of  our  contracts  can  be  terminated  for  convenience,  our 
relationships with our top five clients have ranged from two to 19 years  with the majority of these clients 
having  completed  multiple  contract  renewals  with  us.  Yet,  our  contracts,  do  not  guarantee  a  minimum 
revenue  level  or  profitability,  and  clients  may  terminate  them  or  materially  reduce  customer  interaction 
volumes, which would reduce our earning potential. This could have a material adverse effect on our results 
of operations and makes it harder to make projections. 

Many of our contracts utilize performance pricing that link some of our fees to the attainment of performance 
criteria, which could increase the variability of our revenue and operating margin. A majority of our contracts 
include  performance  clauses  that  condition  our  fees  on  the  achievement  of  agreed-upon  performance 
criteria. These performance criteria can be complex, and at times they are not entirely within our control. If 
we  fail  to  satisfy  our  contract  performance  metrics,  our  revenue  under  the  contracts  and  our  operating 
margin are reduced. 

11 

 
 
 
We may not always offset increased costs with increased fees under long-term contracts. The pricing and 
other  terms  of  our  client  contracts,  particularly  our  long-term  contact  center  agreements,  are  based  on 
estimates and assumptions we make at the time we enter into these contracts. These estimates reflect our 
best judgments regarding the nature of the engagement and our expected costs to provide the contracted 
services and could differ from actual results.  Not all our larger long-term contracts allow for escalation of 
fees as our cost of operations increase. While many of our contracts allow periodic fee adjustments based 
on increases in certain price indices, in the past several years, our payroll costs, including healthcare costs, 
have increased  at rates much greater than  increases in these  indices. If  we cannot  negotiate  long-term 
contract  terms  that  provide  for  fee  adjustments  to  reflect  increases  in  our  cost  of  service  delivery,  our 
business, financial conditions and results of operation would be materially impacted. 

Our contracts seldom address the impacts of currency fluctuation on our costs of delivery. As we continue 
to leverage our global delivery model, more of our expenses may be incurred in currencies other than those 
in which we bill for services. An increase in the value of certain currencies, such as Australian dollar against 
the US dollar and Philippine peso, could increase costs for our delivery at offshore sites by increasing our 
labor  and  other  costs  that  are  denominated  in  local  currencies.  Our  contractual  provisions,  cost 
management  efforts,  and  currency  hedging  activities  may  not  be  able  to  offset  the  currency  fluctuation 
impact, resulting in the decrease of the profitability of our contracts. 

Our pricing depends on effectiveness of our forecasting of the level of effort. Pricing for our services in our 
technology and strategic consulting businesses is highly contingent on our ability to accurately forecast the 
level of effort and cost necessary to deliver our services, which is data dependent and could turn out to be 
materially inaccurate. The inaccurate level of effort in project estimates could yield lower profit margins or 
become unprofitable, resulting in adverse impacts on our results of operations. 

We face special risks associated with our business outside of the United States 

An  important component  of our growth strategy  is service  delivery outside of the United  States and  our 
continuing international expansion. In 2015 we derived approximately 47% of our revenue from operations 
outside of the United States. Conducting business abroad is subject to a variety of risks, including: 

 

 

currency exchange rate fluctuations, restrictions on currency movement, and impact of international 
tax  laws  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations,  if  we  are  forced  to  maintain  assets  in 
currencies other than the US dollars, while our financial results are reported in US dollars; 

longer payment cycles and/or difficulties in accounts receivable collections could impact our cash 
flows and results of operations; 

  political and economic instability and unexpected changes in regulatory regimes could adversely 

affect our ability to deliver services overseas and our ability to repatriate cash; 

 

 

 

inconsistent regulations, licensing and legal requirements may increase our cost of operations as 
we endeavor to comply with multiple, complex laws that differ from one country to another; 

terrorist attacks and civil unrests in some of the countries where we do business (e.g. tension in 
the  Middle  East  and  Latin  America,  and  terror  attacks  in  Europe),  and  the  resulting  need  for 
enhanced security measures may impact our ability to deliver services, threaten the safety of our 
employees, and increase our costs of operations; and 

special  challenges  in  managing  risks  inherent  in  international  operations,  such  as  unique  and 
prescriptive labor rules and corrupt business environments may cause an inadvertent violation of 
laws that we may not be able to immediately detect or correct. 

While  we  monitor  and  endeavor  to  mitigate  timely  the  relevant  regulatory,  geopolitical,  and  other  risks 
related to our operations outside of the United States, we cannot assess with certainty what impact such 
risks are likely to have over time on our business, and we can provide no assurance that we will always be 
able to mitigate these risks successfully and avoid material impact to our business and results of operations. 

12 

 
 
 
Uncertainty  of  tax  regulations  and  treatment  of  permanent  establishments  in  certain  countries 
where we do business may affect our taxation levels and affect our ability to collect for  services 
rendered 

Currently, we operate in multiple countries, in entity forms and under laws that are advantageous to us, 
from operational and tax perspectives. Any changes in the regulatory frameworks in the countries where 
we currently operate could lead to higher taxation levels, change in our legal operating status, or lead to 
higher  costs  associated  with  maintaining  certain  entities,  which  may  materially  affect  our  business, 
operating costs, and results of operations.  

Our  strategy  of  growing  through  selective  acquisitions  and  mergers  involves  risks  of  failing  to 
successfully identify, acquire and integrate businesses and realize returns on our investments 

We evaluate opportunities to expand the scope of our services through acquisitions and mergers. Yet, we 
may be unable to identify companies that complement our strategies and which are available to be acquired 
at valuation levels accretive to our business. 

Our acquisition strategy involves other potential risks, including the inability to integrate acquired companies 
effectively  and  realize  the  full  amounts  of  anticipated  synergies  and  benefits  from  the  acquisitions;  the 
diversion  of  management’s  attention  to  the  integration  of  the  acquired  businesses  at  the  expense  of 
delivering results for the legacy business; the risk that we will not be able to retain key employees of the 
acquired business or that they will not be effective as part of TeleTech operations; the impact of liabilities 
of the acquired business undiscovered or underestimated as part of the acquisition due diligence; and the 
unforeseen  difficulties  experienced  by  the  acquired  operations  due  to  the  acquisition  or  the  integration 
which could result in short or longer term effects on our operating results. 

Corporate social engineering attacks and other phishing scams aimed at the company may result 
in the inadvertent loss of cash and cash equivalent resources 

The increased activity and sophistication of corporate social engineering attacks and other phishing scams 
in  recent  months  have  increased  the  risk  of  inadvertent  transfer  of  large  amounts  of  cash  and  cash 
equivalents from the various bank accounts we have around the world.  We actively train and inform our 
employees and key personnel about these risks and, while we have implemented a series of measures to 
curb these risks, the very nature of these attacks may deceive one or more employees, thereby resulting 
in a material loss. 

Intellectual property infringement by us and by others may adversely impact our ability to 
innovate and compete 

Our services or solutions could infringe intellectual property of others impacting our ability to deploy them 
with clients. There can be no assurance that services and solutions we utilize in our business or offer to 
clients do not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. From time to time, we and members of our 
supply chain receive assertions that our service offerings or technologies infringe on the patents or other 
intellectual property rights of third parties. These claims could require us to cease activities, incur expensive 
licensing  costs,  or  engage  in  costly  litigation,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business  and  results  of 
operation. 

Our intellectual  property may not always receive favorable treatment from the United States Patent  and 
Trademark  Office,  the  European  Patent  Office  or  similar  foreign  intellectual  property  adjudication  and 
registration agencies; and our “patent pending” intellectual property may not receive a patent or may be 
subject  to  prior  art  limitations.  The  lack  of  legal  system  sophistication  in  certain  countries  where  we  do 
business or lack of commitment to protection of intellectual property rights, may prevent us from being able 
to  defend  our  intellectual  property  and  related  technology  against  infringement  by  others,  leading  to  a 
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

13 

 
 
 
Increases  in  the  cost  of  communication  and  data  services  or  significant  interruptions  in  such 
services could adversely affect our business 

Our  business  is  significantly  dependent  on  telephone,  internet  and  data  service  provided  by  various 
domestic and foreign communication companies. Any disruption of these services could adversely affect 
our business. We have taken steps to mitigate our exposure to service disruptions by investing in complex 
and  multi-layered  redundancies,  and  we  can  transition  services  among  different  of  our  contact  centers 
around the world. Despite these efforts, there can be no assurance, however, that the redundancies we 
have in place would be sufficient to maintain operations without disruption. 

Our  inability  to  obtain  communication  and  data  services  at  favorable  rates  could  negatively  affect  our 
business  results.  Where  possible,  we  have  entered  into  long-term  contracts  with  various  providers  to 
mitigate  short  term  rate  increases  and  fluctuations.  There  is  no  obligation,  however,  for  the  vendors  to 
renew their contracts with us, or to offer the same or lower rates in the future, and such contracts are subject 
to termination or modification for various reasons outside of our control. A significant increase in the cost 
of communication services that is not recoverable through an increase in the price of our services could 
adversely affect our business. 

Our financial results may be adversely impacted by foreign currency exchange rate risk 

Many contracts that we service from delivery centers outside of the United States (for example in Bulgaria, 
Canada,  Costa  Rica,  Mexico,  and  the  Philippines)  are  typically  priced,  invoiced,  and  paid  in  U.S.  and 
Australian dollars, and Euro, while the costs incurred to operate these delivery centers are denominated in 
the functional currency of the applicable operating subsidiary. The fluctuations between the currencies of 
the contract and operating currencies present foreign currency exchange risks. Furthermore, because our 
financial statements are denominated in US dollars, but approximately 23% of our revenue is derived from 
contracts denominated in other currencies, our results of operations could be adversely affected if the US 
dollar strengthens significantly against foreign currencies. 

While we hedge against the effect of exchange rate fluctuations, we can provide no assurance that we will 
be able to continue to successfully manage this foreign currency exchange risk and avoid adverse impacts 
on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Compliance with laws, including unexpected changes to such laws could adversely affect our 
results of operations 

Our business is subject to extensive regulation by U.S. and foreign national, state and provincial authorities 
relating to confidential client and customer data, customer communications, telemarketing practices, and 
licensed  healthcare  and  financial  services  activities,  among  other  areas.  Costs  and  complexity  of 
compliance with existing and future regulations could adversely affect our profitability. If we fail to comply 
with regulations relevant to our business, we could be subject to civil or criminal liability, monitory damages 
and fines. Private lawsuits and enforcement actions by regulatory agencies may materially increase our 
costs of operations and impact our ability to serve our clients. 

As we provide services to clients’ customers residing in over 80 countries, we are subject to numerous, and 
sometimes  conflicting,  legal  regimes  on  matters  as  diverse  as  import/export  controls,  communication 
content requirements, trade restrictions and sanctions, tariffs, taxation, data privacy, labor relations, wages 
and  severance,  health  care  requirements,  internal  and  disclosure  control  obligations,  and  immigration. 
Violations  of  these  regulations  could  impact  our  reputation  and  result  in  financial  liability,  criminal 
prosecution,  unfavorable  publicity,  restrictions  on  our  ability  to  process  information  and  breach  of  our 
contractual commitments. 

Adverse  changes  in  laws  or  regulations  that  impact  our  business  may  negatively  affect  the  sale  of  our 
services, slow the growth of our operations, or mandate changes to how we deliver our services, including 
our ability to use offshore resources. These changes could threaten our ability to continue to serve certain 
markets. 

14 

 
 
 
Volatile and uncertain economic conditions and effect of these conditions on our clients could have 
an adverse effect on the profitability of our business 

Ever  changing  and  increasingly  unstable  global  economic  conditions  affect  our  clients’  businesses  and 
may, therefore, affect our business and our profitability. We generate revenue based, in large part, on the 
amount of time our employees devote to our clients’ customers, and our clients’ willingness to invest in their 
customer  relationships.  Consequently,  our  revenue  depends  on  consumers’  interest  in  and  use  of  our 
clients’ products and services, which may be adversely affected by general economic conditions. Uncertain 
economic  conditions  and  slow  economic  recovery  may  impact  our  clients’  willingness  to  procure  our 
technology  and  strategic  consulting  services  and  may  impact  products  and  services  that  require  their 
customers to use our customer care services. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and 
cash flows would be adversely affected if any of our major clients were unable to pay for our services due 
to volatile economic conditions. 

The  current  trend  to  outsource  customer  care  may  not  continue  and  the  prices  that  clients  are 
willing to pay for the services may diminish, adversely affecting our business 

Our  growth  depends,  in  large  part,  on  the  willingness  of  our  clients  and  potential  clients  to  outsource 
customer care and management services to companies like TeleTech. There can be no assurance that the 
customer care outsourcing trend will continue; and our clients and potential clients may elect to perform in-
house customer care and management services that they currently outsource. Reduction in demand for 
our services and increased competition from other providers and in-house service alternatives would create 
pricing  pressures  and  excess  capacity  that  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition, and results of operations. 

Unfavorable regulation and negative public perception about digital marketing could adversely 
affect our business and results of operations 

With the growth of online marketplace and e-commerce, there is increasing awareness and concern among 
the general public, privacy advocates, mainstream media, and government bodies regarding the reach of 
digital  marketing  and  its  potential  impact  on  individual  privacy  interests.  For  example,  in  recent  years, 
consumer  advocates  and  certain  government  agencies  have  publicly  criticized  companies  that    collect, 
store  and  use  personal  data  for  commercial  purposes.  This  public  scrutiny  may  lead  to  unfavorable 
regulation,  public  distrust  of  digital  marketing  industry,  consumer  reluctance  to  share  and  permit  use  of 
personal data, and increased consumer opt-out rates, any of which could negatively influence, change or 
reduce our ability to provide our digital marketing and related analytics services and current and prospective 
clients’  demand  for  our  offerings,  adversely  affecting  our  business  and  results  of  operations.  Any 
unfavorable publicity or negative public perception about us or the digital marketing industry in general may 
affect not only our digital marketing business but our reputation, in general, and our businesses unrelated 
to digital marketing.  

Health epidemics could disrupt our business and adversely affect our financial results 

Our contact centers typically seat hundreds of employees in one location. Accordingly, an outbreak of a 
contagious infection in one or more of the markets in which we do business may result in significant worker 
absenteeism, lower capacity utilization rates, voluntary or mandatory closure of our delivery centers, travel 
restrictions on our employees, and other disruptions to our business. Any prolonged or widespread health 
epidemic  could  severely  disrupt  our  business  operations  and  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our credit facility contains covenant restrictions that may limit our ability to operate our business 
or execute on our strategy 

Our credit facility contains common operating and financial covenants that impose operating and financial 
restrictions  on  how  we  operate  our  business  and  require  us  to  meet  certain  financial  metrics  quarterly. 
Complying  with these covenant restrictions may limit our ability  to  engage in certain activities, including 
incurring  additional  indebtedness,  making  certain  investments  and  capital  expenditures,  acquisitions, 
selling  certain  assets,  stock  repurchases,  payment  of  existing  obligations,  or  replenishment  of  cash 
reserves. 

15 

 
 
 
As  a  result  of  these  covenant  restrictions,  our  ability  to  respond  to  changes  in  business  and  economic 
conditions and to obtain additional financing, if needed, may be restricted, and we may be prevented from 
engaging in transactions that might otherwise be beneficial to us. Our ability to comply with these covenants 
is dependent on our future performance, which will be subject to many factors, some of which are beyond 
our control, including prevailing economic conditions. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to 
meet the financial covenants under our credit facility, or that in the event of noncompliance, will be able to 
obtain waivers or amendments from the lenders. If we fail to comply with the covenants the lenders could 
elect  to  declare  all  amounts  outstanding  under  the  credit  facilities,  together  with  accrued  interest,  to  be 
immediately due and payable, and there can be no assurance that we would have adequate resources to 
comply with the accelerated repayment schedule or that the assets securing such indebtedness would be 
sufficient to repay it in full that indebtedness, which could have a material and adverse effect on our financial 
condition. 

The volatility of our stock price may result in loss of investment 

Our share price has been and may continue to be subject to substantial fluctuation. We believe that market 
prices of outsourced customer care management services stock in general have experienced volatility and 
such volatility will affect our stock price. As we continue to diversify our service offerings to include growth, 
technology and strategic consulting, our stock price volatility may stabilize or it may be further impacted by 
stock price fluctuations in these new relevant industries. In addition to fluctuations specific to our industry 
and service offerings, we believe that various other factors such as general economic conditions, changes 
or volatility in the financial markets, and changing market condition for our clients could impact the valuation 
of our stock. The quarterly variations in our financial results, acquisition and divestiture announcements by 
us  or  our  competitors,  strategic  partnerships  and  new  service  offering,  our  failure  to  meet  our  growth 
objectives or exceeding our targets, and securities analysts’ perception about our performance could cause 
the market price of our shares to fluctuate substantially in the future. 

Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer controls majority of our stock and has control over all 
matters requiring action by our stockholders 

Kenneth D. Tuchman, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, directly and beneficially owns 
approximately 64.9% of TeleTech’s common stock. As a result, Mr. Tuchman could exercise control over 
all matters requiring action by our stockholders, including the election of our entire Board of Directors. 
Therefore, a change in control of our company could not be effected without his approval, even when 
such a change of control could benefit our other stockholders. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

We have not received written comments regarding our periodic or current reports from the staff of the SEC 
that were issued 180 days or more preceding the end of our 2015 fiscal year that remain unresolved. 

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES 

Our  corporate  headquarters  are  located  in  Englewood,  Colorado,  which  consists  of  approximately 
264,000 square feet of owned office space. In addition to our headquarters and the delivery centers used 
by our Customer Management Services and Customer Growth Services segments discussed below, we 
also maintain sales and consulting offices in several countries around the world which serve our Customer 
Technology Services and Customer Strategy Services segments. 

As of December 31, 2015 we operated 67 delivery centers that are classified as follows: 

  Multi-Client Center — We lease space for these centers and serve multiple clients in each facility; 

  Dedicated Center — We lease space for these centers and dedicate the entire facility to one client; 

and 

  Managed Center — These facilities are leased or owned by our clients and we staff and manage 

these sites on behalf of our clients in accordance with facility management contracts. 

16 

 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2015, our delivery centers were located in the following countries: 

      Total 

Australia 
Brazil 
Bulgaria 
Canada 
China 
Costa Rica 
Germany 
Ireland 
Macedonia 
Mexico 
New Zealand 
Philippines 
Poland 
South Africa 
Thailand 
United Kingdom 
United States of America 

Total 

  Centers 

  Centers 

  Number of   
  Multi-Client    Dedicated    Managed    Delivery    
  Centers    
  Centers 
 2  
 2  
 2  
 2  
 1  
 1  
 1  
 1  
 1  
 3  
 1  
 20  
 1  
 1  
 1  
 3  
 24  
 67  

 1   
 2   
 2   
 1   
 —  
—   
—   
 1   
 1   
 3   
 1   
 17   
 —  
—   
 —  
—   
 15   
 44   

—   
—   
—   
 1   
 1  
—   
 1   
—   
—   
—   
—   
 1   
 1  
 1   
 1  
 2   
 5   
 14   

 1   
—   
—   
—   
 —  
 1   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
 2   
 —  
—   
 —  
 1   
 4   
 9   

The  leases  for  our  delivery  centers  have  remaining  terms  ranging  from  one  to  10 years  and  generally 
contain renewal options, with the exception of one center which we have subleased for the remainder of 
the lease term through 2021. We believe that our existing delivery centers are suitable and adequate for 
our current operations, and we have plans to build additional centers to accommodate future business. 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

From time to time, the Company has been involved in legal actions, both as plaintiff and defendant, which 
arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company accrues for exposures associated with such legal 
actions to the extent that losses are deemed both probable and reasonably estimable. To the extent specific 
reserves have not been made for certain legal proceedings, their ultimate outcome, and consequently, an 
estimate of possible loss, if any, cannot reasonably be determined at this time. 

Based on currently available information and advice received from counsel, the Company believes that the 
disposition or ultimate resolution of any current legal proceedings, except as otherwise specifically reserved 
for in its financial statements, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, 
cash flows or results of operations. 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “TTEC.” The following 
table sets forth the range of the high and low sales prices per share of the common stock for the quarters 
indicated as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market: 

Fourth Quarter 2015 
Third Quarter 2015 
Second Quarter 2015 
First Quarter 2015 

Fourth Quarter 2014 
Third Quarter 2014 
Second Quarter 2014 
First Quarter 2014 

Low 

      High 
  $  30.61   $  26.76  
  $  28.97   $  25.37  
  $  28.01   $  25.14  
  $  25.54   $  21.86  

  $  25.87   $  21.81  
  $  29.54   $  24.58  
  $  29.24   $  23.58  
  $  24.98   $  21.29  

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 236 holders of record of our common stock and during 
2015 we declared and paid two $0.18 per share dividends on our common stock as discussed below. 

On  February 24,  2015,  our  Board  of  Directors  adopted  a  dividend  policy,  with  the  intent  to  distribute  a 
periodic cash dividend to stockholders of our common stock,  after consideration of, among other things, 
TeleTech’s performance, cash flows, capital needs and liquidity factors. Given our cash flow generation 
and balance sheet strength, we believe cash dividends and early returns to shareholders through share 
repurchases,  in balance  with our  investments in  innovation and strategic acquisitions, align shareholder 
interests  with  the  needs  of  the  Company.  The  initial  dividend  of  $0.18  per  common  share  was  paid  on 
March 16, 2015 to shareholders of record as of March 6, 2015. An additional dividend of $0.18 per common 
share was paid on October 14, 2015 to shareholders of record as of September 30, 2015. On February 18, 
2016, the Board of Directors authorized an increase in the semi-annual dividend to $0.185 per common 
share, payable on April 15, 2016, to shareholders of record as of March 31, 2016. While it is our intention 
to continue to pay semi-annual dividends in 2016 and beyond, any decision to pay future cash dividends 
will be made by our Board of Directors. In addition, our credit facility restricts our ability to pay dividends in 
the event we are in default or do not satisfy certain covenants. 

Stock Repurchase Program 

We  continue  to  return  capital  to  our  shareholders  via  an  ongoing  stock  repurchase  program  (originally 
authorized  by  the  Board  of  Directors  in  2001).  As  of  December 31,  2015,  the  cumulative  authorized 
repurchase  allowance  was  $662.3 million,  of  which  we  have  purchased  42.8 million  shares  for 
$642.8 million. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities During the Fourth Quarter of 2015 

The following table provides information about our repurchases of equity securities during the quarter ended 
December 31, 2015: 

Period 
September 30, 2015 
October 1, 2015 - October 31, 2015 
November 1, 2015 - November 30, 2015 
December 1, 2015 - December 31, 2015 

Total 

Shares 

     Total Number of      Approximate Dollar   
  Value of Shares that   
May Yet Be 

  Purchased as 
  Part of Publicly    Purchased Under    
  Announced 

the Plans or 
Programs (In 
thousands) 

  Total Number   
  of Shares 
  Purchased 

  Average Price   
  Paid per Share   

 23,400   $ 
 —   $ 
 —   $ 

 23,400  

 26.86   
 —   
 —   

Plans or 
Programs 

   $ 
 23,400   $ 
 —   $ 
 —   $ 

 23,400  

 20,220  
 19,591  
 19,591  
 19,591  

In 2016, through March 7,  2016, we purchased  217,346 additional shares at a cost of  $5.6 million. The 
stock  repurchase  program  does  not  have  an  expiration  date  and  the  Board  authorizes  additional  stock 
repurchases under the program from time to time. On February 18, 2016, the Board of Directors authorized 
an increase in the share repurchase allowance of $25 million. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2015, the number of shares of our common stock to be 
issued upon exercise of outstanding options, RSUs, warrants and rights, the weighted-average exercise 
price of outstanding options, warrants and rights, and the number of securities available for future issuance 
under equity-based compensation plans. 

      Number of 

Plan Category 

Rights (a) 

  Securities to be   
Issued Upon 
  Exercise of 
  Outstanding 
  Options, RSUs,   
  Warrants and 

Price of 

Weighted- 

  Number of Securities    
  Average Exercise    Remaining Available for   
  Future Issuance Under   
  Equity Compensation    
Plans (Excluding 
  Securities Reflected in   
Column (a)) 

  Warrants and 

  Outstanding 

Rights (b) 

Options, 

Equity compensation plans approved by security 

holders 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security 

holders 

Total 

 1,796,630 (1)   $ 

 21.11 (2  ) 

 990,069  

—   $ 

—  

 1,796,630  

—  

 990,069  

(1) 

Includes options to purchase 241,164 shares and 1,555,466 RSUs issued under our equity incentive 
plans. 

(2)  Weighted average exercise price of outstanding stock options excludes RSUs, which have no exercise 

price. 

Stock Performance Graph 

The graph depicted below compares the performance of TeleTech common stock with the performance of 
the  NASDAQ  Composite  Index;  the  Russell  2000  Index;  and  customized  peer  group  over  the  period 
beginning on December 31, 2010  and ending  on  December 31, 2015. We have  chosen a “Peer Group” 
composed  of  Convergys  Corporation (NYSE:  CVG),  Sykes  Enterprises, Incorporated (NASDAQ:  SYKE) 
and  Teleperformance (NYSE  Euronext:  RCF).  We  believe  that  the  companies  in  the  Peer  Group  are 
relevant to our current business model, market capitalization and position in the overall BPO industry. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
The  graph  assumes  that  $100  was  invested  on  December 31,  2010  in  our  common  stock  and  in  each 
comparison index, and that all dividends were reinvested. We declared two $0.18 per share dividends on 
our  common  stock  during  2015.  Stock  price  performance  shown  on  the  graph  below  is  not  necessarily 
indicative of future price performance. 

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN 
Among TeleTech Holdings, Inc., The NASDAQ Composite Index, 
The Russell 2000 Index, And A Peer Group 

TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 
NASDAQ Composite 
Russell 2000 
Peer Group 

December 31,  

      2010        2011        2012        2013        2014        2015    
  $  100   $   79   $   86   $  116   $  115   $  137  
  $  100   $  101   $  117   $  166   $  189   $  200  
  $  100   $   96   $  111   $  155   $  162   $  155  
  $  100   $   80   $  109   $  165   $  177   $  223  

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7. Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the Consolidated Financial Statements and 
the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K (amounts in thousands except per share amounts). 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

Year Ended December 31,  

Statement of Operations Data 

Revenue 
Cost of services 
Selling, general and 
administrative 
Depreciation and amortization 
Other operating expenses 

Income from operations 

Other income (expense) 
(Provision for) benefit from 
income taxes 
Noncontrolling interest 

Net income attributable to 
TeleTech stockholders 

Weighted average shares 
outstanding 
Basic 
Diluted 

Net income per share 
attributable to TeleTech 
stockholders 

Basic 
Diluted 

Dividends issued per common 
share 

Balance Sheet Data 

Total assets 
Total long-term liabilities 

  $  1,286,755   $  1,241,781 (3)   $  1,193,157 (8)    $  1,162,981 (13)   $  1,179,388 (17)   
 (846,631)  

 (834,803)  

 (886,492)  

 (928,247)  

 (848,362)  

 (194,606)  
 (63,808)  

 (198,553)  
 (56,538)  

 (193,423)  
 (46,064)  

 (9,914) (1)     
 90,180  
 (4,291)  

 (3,723) (4)     
 96,475  

 3,984 (5)     

 (5,640) (9)      

 101,399  

 (9,330) (10)     

 (182,634)  
 (41,166)  
 (25,833) (14)     
 78,545  
 (4,683)  

 (188,802)  
 (44,889)  

 (3,881) (18)   
 93,454  
 (1,900)  

 (20,004) (2)     
 (4,219)  

 (23,042) (6)     
 (5,124)  

 (20,598) (11)     

 (4,083)  

 61 (15)     

 (3,908)  

 (13,279) (19)   
 (4,101)  

  $ 

 61,666   $ 

 72,293   $ 

 67,388  

$ 

 70,015  

$ 

 74,174  

 48,370  
 49,011  

 49,297  
 50,102  

 51,338  
 52,244  

 54,738  
 55,540  

 56,669  
 57,963  

  $ 
  $ 

 1.27   $ 
 1.26   $ 

 1.47   $ 
 1.44   $ 

 1.31  
 1.29  

$ 
$ 

 1.28  
 1.26  

$ 
$ 

 1.31  
 1.28  

  $ 

 0.36   $ 

 —   $ 

 —  

$ 

 —  

$ 

 —  

  $ 
  $ 

 843,327   $ 
 191,473   $ 

 852,475 (7)   $ 
 187,780 (7)   $ 

 842,342 (12)   $ 
 175,564 (12)   $ 

 847,173 (16)   $ 
 175,431 (16)   $ 

 746,978 (20)   
 106,720 (20)   

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 
(4) 

(5) 

Includes $1.8 million expense related to reductions in force, a $0.4 million expense related to the 
impairment  of  property  and  equipment,  and  a  $7.7  million  expense  related  to  the  impairment  of 
goodwill. 
Includes a $0.7 million benefit related to restructuring charges, $1.2 million net of expense related 
to changes in valuation allowance and a related release of a deferred tax liability, $1.5 million of 
expense  related  to  provisions  for  uncertain  tax  positions,  $2.6  million  of  benefit  related  to 
impairments,  $1.3  million  of  expense  related  to  state  net  operating  losses  and  credits,  and  $0.4 
million of benefit related to other discrete items. 
Includes $30.0 million in revenue generated by Sofica and rogenSi which were acquired in 2014. 
Includes $3.3 million expense related to reductions in force and $0.4 million expense related to the 
impairment of property and equipment. 
Includes a net $6.7 million benefit related to fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration 
based on revised estimates of performance against targets for four of our acquisitions. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
     
     
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

(10) 

(11) 

(12) 

(13) 

(14) 

(15) 

(16) 

(17) 

(18) 

(19) 

(20) 

Includes a $1.3 million benefit related to restructuring charges, a $0.4 million benefit related to a 
valuation allowance for equity compensation, a $1.2 million benefit related to the closing of statute 
of limitations in Canada, $3.8 million of expense related to future contingent payments, $1.3 million 
of  expense  related  to  the  resolution  of  an  audit  in  the  Netherlands,  and  $0.2  million  of  expense 
related to other discrete items. 
The Company spent $23.8 million net of cash acquired of $3.5 million in 2014 for the acquisitions of 
Sofica and rogenSi. Upon acquisitions of Sofica and rogenSi, the Company acquired $59.5 million 
in assets and assumed $11.1 million in liabilities ($5.4 million in long-term liabilities). The Company 
also  assumed  a  purchase  price  payable  of  $22.4  million  related  to  this  acquisition.  Of  the  $22.4 
million purchase price payable, $13.2 million was included in long-term liabilities. 
Includes $51.4 million in revenue generated by WebMetro  which was acquired in 2013 and TSG 
which was acquired on December 31, 2012. 
Includes  $4.1  million  expense  related  to  reductions  in  force,  $0.3  million  related  to  facilities  exit 
charges, $0.1 million expense related to the impairment of property and equipment and $1.1 million 
expense related to the impact of intangible assets. 
Includes  a  $3.7  million  charge  related  to  the  deconsolidation  of  a  subsidiary  and  a  $1.9  million 
charge related to a fair value adjustment to the contingent consideration based on revised estimates 
of performance against targets for three of our acquisitions. 
Includes a $1.8 million benefit related to restructuring charges, a $1.5 million benefit related to return 
to provision adjustments, and $1.8 million of expense related to valuation allowance increases. 
The Company spent $8.9 million net of cash acquired of $6.4 million in 2013 for the acquisition of 
WebMetro.  Upon  acquisition  of  WebMetro,  the  Company  acquired  $27.5  million  in  assets  and 
assumed $9.7 million in liabilities ($0.8 million in long-term liabilities). The Company also assumed 
a purchase price payable of $2.5 million related to this acquisition. Of the $2.5 million purchase price 
payable, $1.8 million was included in long-term liabilities. 
Includes $8.9 million in revenue generated by OnState, iKnowtion and Guidon which were acquired 
in 2012. 
Includes $22.5 million expense related to reductions in force, $0.4 million expense related to facilities 
exit charges, and $2.9 million expense related to the impairment of property and equipment. 
Includes a $7.6 million benefit related to Australia and New Zealand Transfer Pricing Arrangements, 
a $1.4 million benefit from the release of uncertain tax positions, a $9.2 million benefit related to 
restructuring  charges,  a  $1.9  million  benefit  related  to  return  to  provision  adjustments  and  $0.1 
million of expense related to other discrete items. 
The Company spent $35.8 million, net of cash acquired of $3.7 million, in 2012 for the acquisitions 
of  OnState,  iKnowtion,  Guidon,  and  TSG  through  an  increase  in  borrowings  on  its  line  of  credit. 
Upon acquisition of these companies, the Company acquired $65.6 million in assets and assumed 
$12.4  million  in  liabilities  ($3.1  million  in  long-term  liabilities).  The  Company  also  assumed  a 
purchase price payable of $12.7 million related to these acquisitions. Of the $12.7 million purchase 
price payable, $10.8 million was included in long-term liabilities. 
Includes $80.0 million in revenue generated by PRG and eLoyalty which were acquired in late 2010 
and mid-2011, respectively. 
Includes $3.6 million expense related to reductions in force, $0.1 million expense related to facilities 
exit charges, and $0.2 million expense related to the impairment of property and equipment. 
Includes an $8.6 million expense related to the adverse decision by the Canada Revenue Agency 
regarding the Company’s request for relief from double taxation, an $11.7 million benefit related to 
the Company’s mediated settlement with the IRS related to U.S. tax refund claims, a $1.4 million 
benefit related to the 2010 foreign earnings repatriation, and $0.2 million benefit for other discrete 
items. 
The Company spent $38.0 million for the acquisition of eLoyalty through an increase in borrowings 
on its line of credit. Upon acquisition of eLoyalty, the Company acquired $64.1 million in assets and 
assumed $26.1 million in liabilities ($22.7 million in long-term liabilities). 

22 

 
 
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Executive Summary 

TeleTech  Holdings, Inc.  (“TeleTech”,  “the  Company”,  “we”,  “our”  or  “us”)  is  a  customer  engagement 
management service provider that delivers integrated consulting, technology, growth and customer care 
solutions on a global scale. Our suite of products and services allows us to design and deliver engaging, 
outcome-based customer experiences across numerous interaction channels. Our solutions are supported 
by 44,000 employees delivering services in 24 countries from 67 delivery centers on six continents. Our 
revenue for fiscal 2015 was $1,287 million. 

Since our establishment  in 1982,  we have helped clients strengthen their customer relationships,  brand 
recognition and loyalty through customer engagement solutions. We deliver thought leadership, technology 
and innovation that create customer strategies designed to differentiate our clients from their competition; 
data  analytics  that  personalize  interactions  and  increase  customer  value;  and  integration  services  that 
connect  clients’  customer  relationship  management  (“CRM”)  system  to  a  cloud-based  collaboration 
platform, leading to customer interactions that are seamless and relevant. 

Our services are value-oriented, outcome-based, and delivered on a global scale across all of our business 
segments:  Customer  Management  Services  (“CMS”),  Customer  Growth  Services  (“CGS”),  Customer 
Technology  Services  (“CTS”)  and  Customer  Strategy  Services  (“CSS”).  Our  integrated  customer 
experience managed services platform differentiates the Company by combining strategic consulting, data 
analytics,  process  optimization,  system  design  and  integration,  operational  excellence,  and  technology 
solutions and services. 

We have developed tailored expertise in the automotive, communications, financial services, government, 
healthcare, logistics, media and entertainment, retail, technology, travel and transportation industries. We 
target customer-focused industry leaders in the Global 1000 and serve approximately 300 global clients. 

To  improve  our  competitive  position  in  a  rapidly  changing  market  and  stay  strategically  relevant  to  our 
clients,  we  continue  to  invest  in  innovation  and  growth  businesses,  diversifying  our  heritage  business 
process  outsourcing  services  of  our  CMS  segment  into  higher-value  consulting,  data  analytics,  digital 
marketing  and  technology-enabled  services.  Of  the  $1,287  million  in  revenue  we  reported  in  2015, 
approximately  29%  or  $373  million  came  from  the  CGS,  CTS  and  CSS  segments  (our  “Emerging 
Segments”),  focused  on  customer-centric  strategy,  growth  or  technology-based  services,  with  the 
remainder of our revenue coming from the heritage business process outsourcing focused CMS segment. 

We have four operating and reportable segments, which provide an integrated set of services including: 

Customer Strategy Services 

We typically begin by engaging our clients at a strategic level. Through our strategy, change management 
and  analytics-driven  consulting  expertise  we  help  our  clients  design,  build  and  execute  their  customer 
engagement strategies. We help our clients to better understand and predict their customers’ behaviors 
and preferences along with their current and future economic value. Using proprietary analytic models, we 
provide the insight clients need to build the business case for customer centricity, to better optimize their 
marketing spend and then work alongside them to help implement our recommendations. A key component 
of  this  segment  involves  instilling  a  high  performance  culture  through  management  and  leadership 
alignment and process optimization. 

23 

 
 
 
 
Customer Technology Services 

Once  the  design  of  the  customer  engagement  is  completed,  our  ability  to  architect,  deploy  and  host  or 
manage  the  client’s  customer  management  environments  becomes  a  key  enabler  to  achieving  and 
sustaining  the  client’s  customer  engagement  vision.  Given  the  proliferation  of  mobile  communication 
technologies  and  devices,  we  enable  our  clients’  operations  to  interact  with  their  customers  across  the 
growing  array  of channels  including  email, social networks, mobile,  web,  SMS text, voice and chat. We 
design, implement and manage cloud, on-premise or hybrid customer management environments to deliver 
a  consistent  and  superior  experience  across  all  touch  points  on  a  global  scale  that  we  believe  result  in 
higher quality, lower costs and reduced risk for our clients. Through our proprietary Humanify™ technology, 
we  also  provide  data-driven  context  aware  SaaS-based  solutions  that  link  customers  seamlessly  and 
directly to appropriate resources, any time and across any channel. 

Customer Management Services 

We design and manage clients’ front-to-back office processes to deliver just-in-time, personalized, multi-
channel interactions. Our front-office solutions seamlessly  integrate voice, chat,  email, e-commerce and 
social media to optimize the customer experience for our clients. In addition, we manage certain client back-
office  processes  to  enhance  their  customer-centric  view  of  relationships  and  maximize  operating 
efficiencies. Our delivery of integrated business processes via our onshore, offshore or work-from-home 
associates  reduces  operating  costs  and  allows  customer  needs  to  be  met  more  quickly  and  efficiently, 
resulting in higher satisfaction, brand loyalty and a stronger competitive position for our clients. 

Customer Growth Services 

We offer integrated sales and marketing solutions to help our clients boost revenue in new, fragmented or 
underpenetrated  business-to-consumer  or  business-to-business  markets.  We  deliver  approximately  $2 
billion  in  client  revenue  annually  via  the  acquisition,  growth  and  retention  of  customers  through  a 
combination of our highly trained, client-dedicated sales professionals and our proprietary Revana Analytic 
Multichannel PlatformTM. This platform continuously aggregates individual customer information across all 
channels into one holistic view so as to ensure more relevant and personalized communications. As a result 
of  our  acquisition  of  the  digital  agency WebMetro,  we  have  developed  an  integrated  marketing-to-sales 
platform that links online searches to live sales through a closed loop, multichannel interface. This platform 
uses proprietary tools and methodology to capture and use more than 400 marketing and sales data points 
to engage with customers in relevant conversations. 

Based on our clients’ requirements, we provide our services on an integrated cross-business segment and 
on a discrete basis. 

Additional information with respect to our segments and geographic footprint is included in Part II, Item 8. 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Our 2015 Financial Results 

In 2015, our revenue increased 3.6% to $1,287 million over the same period in 2014, despite a decrease 
of 5.1% or $63.7 million due to foreign currency fluctuations, primarily the Australian dollar and the Brazilian 
Real.  The  increase  in  revenue  is  comprised  of  growth  in  the  CGS,  CTS  and  CSS  segments  which 
collectively grew 17.3%, offset by a decrease in the CMS segment due to the foreign currency fluctuations. 
Revenue adjusted for the $63.7 million decrease related to foreign exchange increased 8.8% over the prior 
year.  

Our 2015 income from operations decreased $6.3 million to $90.2 million or 7.0% of revenue, from $96.5 
or 7.8% of revenue for 2014. The decrease is primarily due to the $14.9 million adverse impact of foreign 
currency fluctuations, a goodwill impairment of $7.7 million for our WebMetro and Latin America reporting 
units in the third and fourth quarters of 2015 (see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data,  Note  6  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements),  $6.5  million  of  additional  investment  in  sales, 
research and development, and lower capacity utilization due to the build out of a super site for one of our 
largest  clients.  These  were  partially  offset  by  organic  revenue  growth  and  income  from  the  recent 
acquisitions.  Income  from  operations  in  2015  and  2014  included  $9.9  million  and  $3.7  million  of 
restructuring charges and asset impairments, respectively. 

24 

 
 
 
Our offshore delivery centers serve clients based in the U.S. and in other countries and span six countries 
with 22,500 workstations representing 64% of our global delivery capabilities. Revenue for our CMS and 
CGS segments that is provided in these offshore locations was $450 million and represented 43% of our 
revenue for 2015, as compared to $457 million and 43% of our revenue for 2014. 

At December 31, 2015, we had $60.3 million of cash and cash equivalents, total debt of $107.3 million, and 
a total debt to total capitalization ratio of 19.6%. 

We internally target capacity utilization in our delivery centers at 80% to 90% of our available workstations. 
As of December 31, 2015,  the overall capacity  utilization in our multi-client centers was  71%. The table 
below presents workstation data for our multi-client centers as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. Dedicated 
and Managed Centers (7,109 and 5,261 workstations, at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively) are 
excluded from the workstation data as unused workstations in these facilities are not available for sale. Our 
utilization  percentage  is  defined  as  the  total  number  of  utilized  multi-client  production  workstations 
compared  to  the  total  number  of  available  multi-client  production  workstations.  We  may  change  the 
designation of shared or dedicated centers based on the normal changes in our business environment and 
client needs. 

December 31, 2015 

December 31, 2014 

Total 

Total 

  Production 
  Workstations   

In Use 

  % In 
  Use 

  Production 
  Workstations   

In Use 

  % In    
  Use 

Multi-client centers 

Sites open >1 year 
Sites open <1 year 
Total multi-client centers 

 26,790     18,971  
 1,197  
 28,267     20,168  

 1,477   

 71 %   
 81 %   
 71 %   

 24,948     21,093  
 982  
 25,930     22,075  

 982   

 85 % 
 100 % 
 85 % 

The reduction in utilization in 2015 compared to 2014 is due to the build out of a new supersite for one of 
our largest clients which was completed in 2015. 

While we continue to see demand from all geographic regions to utilize our offshore delivery capabilities 
and expect this trend to continue with our clients, some of our clients have regulatory pressures to bring 
the services onshore to the United States. In light of this trend, we plan to continue to selectively retain and 
grow capacity and expand into new offshore markets while maintaining appropriate capacity in the United 
States.  As  we  grow  our  offshore  delivery  capabilities  and  our  exposure  to  foreign  currency  fluctuations 
increases,  we  continue  to  actively  manage  this  risk  via  a  multi-currency  hedging  program  designed  to 
minimize operating margin volatility. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon 
our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting 
principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires 
us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and 
expenses as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We regularly review our estimates 
and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions, which are based upon historical experience and on 
various  other  factors  believed  to  be  reasonable  under  the  circumstances,  form  the  basis  for  making 
judgments  about  the  carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  readily  apparent  from  other 
sources.  Reported  amounts  and  disclosures  may  have  been  different  had  management  used  different 
estimates  and  assumptions  or  if  different  conditions  had  occurred  in  the  periods  presented.  Below  is  a 
discussion of the policies that we believe may involve a high degree of judgment and complexity. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
 
     
 
     
     
 
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Revenue Recognition 

We recognize revenue when evidence of an arrangement exists, the delivery of service has occurred, the 
fee is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. The BPO inbound and outbound service 
fees are based on either a per minute, per hour, per transaction or per call basis. Certain client programs 
provide  for  adjustments  to  monthly  billings  based  upon  whether  we  achieve,  exceed  or  fail  certain 
performance criteria. Adjustments to monthly billings consist of contractual bonuses/penalties, holdbacks 
and  other  performance  based  contingencies.  Revenue  recognition  is  limited  to  the  amount  that  is  not 
contingent upon delivery of future services or meeting other specified performance conditions. 

Revenue also consists of services for agent training, program launch, professional consulting, fully-hosted 
or  managed  technology  and  learning  innovation.  These  service  offerings  may  contain  multiple  element 
arrangements whereby we determine if those service offerings represent separate units of accounting. A 
deliverable  constitutes  a  separate  unit  of  accounting  when  it  has  standalone  value  and  delivery  or 
performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially within our control. If those 
deliverables  are  determined  to  be  separate  units  of  accounting,  revenue  is  recognized  as  services  are 
provided.  If  those  deliverables  are  not  determined  to  be  separate  units  of  accounting,  revenue  for  the 
delivered services are bundled into one unit of accounting and recognized over the life of the arrangement 
or at the time all services and deliverables have been delivered and satisfied. We allocate revenue to each 
of the deliverables based on a selling price hierarchy of vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), third-
party evidence, and then estimated selling price. VSOE is based on the price charged when the deliverable 
is  sold  separately.  Third-party  evidence  is  based  on  largely  interchangeable  competitor  services  in 
standalone sales to similarly situated customers. Estimated selling price is based on our best estimate of 
what the selling prices of deliverables would be if they were sold regularly on a standalone basis. Estimated 
selling  price  is  established  considering  multiple  factors  including,  but  not  limited  to,  pricing  practices  in 
different geographies, service offerings, and customer classifications. Once we allocate revenue to each 
deliverable, we recognize revenue when all revenue recognition criteria are met. 

Periodically, we will make certain expenditures related to acquiring contracts or provide up-front discounts 
for  future  services.  These  expenditures  are  capitalized  as  contract  acquisition  costs  and  amortized  in 
proportion  to the  expected future revenue from the contract,  which  in most cases results in straight-line 
amortization over the life of the contract. Amortization of these contract acquisition costs is recorded as a 
reduction to revenue. 

During 2014, new guidance was issued related to how an entity should recognize revenue to depict the 
transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which 
the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new guidance is effective for 
years  beginning  after  December 15,  2017  and  can  be  adopted  retrospectively  or  as  a  cumulative  effect 
adjustment. We are currently determining our implementation approach and assessing the impact on the 
consolidated financial statements. 

Income Taxes 

Accounting  for  income  taxes  requires  recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  expected 
future  income  tax  consequences  of  transactions  that  have  been  included  in  the  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on 
the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using tax rates in effect 
for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. When circumstances warrant, we assess the 
likelihood  that  our  net  deferred  tax  assets  will  more  likely  than  not  be  recovered  from  future  projected 
taxable income. 

We continually review the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized in future tax periods under the 
“more-likely-than-not” criteria. In making this judgment, we consider all available evidence, both positive 
and  negative,  in  determining  whether,  based  on  the  weight  of  that  evidence,  a  valuation  allowance  is 
required. 

26 

 
 
 
We follow a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to 
determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will 
be sustained on audit. The second step is to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the amount that has 
a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority. We evaluate 
these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on the consideration of several 
factors including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in applicable tax law, and settlement of issues 
under audit. 

Interest and penalties relating to income taxes and uncertain tax positions are accrued net of tax in Provision 
for income taxes in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

In the future, our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by several factors, many of which are outside 
our control. Our effective tax rate is affected by the proportion of revenue and income before taxes in the 
various domestic and international jurisdictions in which we operate. Further, we are subject to changing 
tax  laws,  regulations  and  interpretations  in  multiple  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate,  as  well  as  the 
requirements,  pronouncements  and  rulings  of  certain  tax,  regulatory  and  accounting  organizations.  We 
estimate our annual effective tax rate each quarter based on a combination of actual and forecasted results 
of subsequent quarters. Consequently, significant changes in our actual quarterly or forecasted results may 
impact the effective tax rate for the current or future periods. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets 

We evaluate the carrying  value of property, plant  and equipment and  definite-lived  intangible  assets for 
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be 
recoverable. An  asset is considered to  be impaired  when the forecasted undiscounted cash flows of an 
asset group are estimated to be less than its carrying value. The amount of impairment recognized is the 
difference between the carrying value of the asset group and its fair value. Fair value estimates are based 
on assumptions concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and assumed discount 
rates. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets 

We  evaluate  goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  for  possible  impairment  at  least  annually  or 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be 
recoverable. 

We use a three step process to assess the realizability of goodwill. The first step, Step 0, is a qualitative 
assessment  that  analyzes  current  economic  indicators  associated  with  a  particular  reporting  unit.  For 
example, we analyze changes in economic, market and industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, 
and financial performance, among others, to determine if there would be a significant decline to the fair 
value of a particular reporting unit. A qualitative assessment also includes analyzing the excess fair value 
of a reporting unit over its carrying value from impairment assessments performed in previous years. If the 
qualitative assessment indicates a stable or improved fair value, no further testing is required. 

If a qualitative assessment indicates that a significant decline to fair value of a reporting unit is more likely 
than not, or if a reporting unit’s fair value has historically been closer to its carrying value, we will proceed 
to Step 1 testing where we calculate the fair value of a reporting unit based on discounted future probability-
weighted cash flows. If Step 1 indicates that the carrying value of a reporting unit is in excess of its fair 
value, we will proceed to Step 2 where the fair value of the reporting unit will be allocated to assets and 
liabilities as it would in a business combination. Impairment occurs when the carrying amount of goodwill 
exceeds its estimated fair value calculated in Step 2. 

We estimate fair value using discounted cash flows of the reporting units. The most significant assumptions 
used in these analyses are those made in estimating future cash flows. In estimating future cash flows, we 
use financial assumptions in our internal forecasting model such as projected capacity utilization, projected 
changes in the  prices  we  charge for  our services,  projected  labor costs,  as  well as contract negotiation 
status. The financial and credit market volatility directly impacts our fair value measurement through our 
weighted average cost of capital that we use to determine our discount rate. We use a discount rate we 
consider appropriate for the country where the business unit is providing services. 

27 

 
 
 
Similar  to  goodwill,  the  Company  may  first  use  a  qualitative  analysis  to  assess  the  realizability  of  its 
indefinite-lived  intangible  assets.  The  qualitative  analysis  will  include  a  review  of  changes  in  economic, 
market and industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial performance, among others, 
to determine if there would be a significant decline to the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset. If 
a quantitative analysis is completed, an indefinite-lived intangible asset (such as a trade name) is evaluated 
for  possible  impairment  by  comparing  the  fair  value  of  the  asset  with  its  carrying  value.  Fair  value  was 
estimated as the discounted value of future revenues arising from a trade name using a royalty rate that a 
market  participant  would  pay  for  use  of  that  trade  name.  An  impairment  charge  is  recorded  if  the  trade 
name’s carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value. 

Restructuring Liability 

We routinely assess the profitability and utilization of our  delivery centers and existing markets. In some 
cases, we have chosen to close under-performing delivery centers and complete reductions in workforce 
to  enhance  future  profitability.  Severance  payments  that  occur  from  reductions  in  workforce  are  in 
accordance  with  postemployment  plans  and/or  statutory  requirements  that  are  communicated  to  all 
employees upon hire date; therefore, we recognize severance liabilities when they are determined to be 
probable and reasonably estimable. Other liabilities for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity are 
recognized when the liability is incurred, rather than upon commitment to a plan. 

Derivatives 

We enter into foreign exchange forward and option contracts to reduce our exposure to foreign currency 
exchange  rate  fluctuations  that  are  associated  with  forecasted  revenue  earned  in  foreign  locations. We 
enter  into  interest  rate  swaps  to  reduce  our  exposure  to  interest  rate  fluctuations  associated  with  our 
variable rate debt. Upon proper qualification, these contracts are accounted for as cash flow hedges under 
current accounting standards. From time-to-time, we also enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to 
hedge our net investment in a foreign operation. 

All derivative financial instruments are reported in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair 
value.  Changes  in  fair  value  of  derivative  instruments  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  are  recorded  in 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of Stockholders’ Equity, to the extent they 
are deemed effective. Based on the criteria established by current accounting standards, all of our cash 
flow hedge contracts are deemed to be highly effective. Changes in fair value of any net investment hedge 
are recorded in cumulative translation adjustment in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in 
the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets offsetting the change in cumulative translation adjustment 
attributable to the hedged portion of our net investment in the foreign operation. Any realized gains or losses 
resulting from the foreign currency cash flow hedges are recognized together with the hedged transactions 
within  Revenue.  Any  realized  gains  or  losses  resulting  from  the  interest  rate  swaps  are  recognized  in 
interest income (expense). Gains and losses from the settlements of our net investment hedges remain in 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until partial or complete liquidation of the applicable net 
investment. 

We also enter into fair value derivative contracts to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate 
fluctuations associated with changes in asset and liability balances. Changes in the fair value of derivative 
instruments designated as fair value hedges affect the carrying value of the asset or liability hedged, with 
changes in both the derivative instrument and the hedged asset or liability being recognized in Other income 
(expense), net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

While we expect that our derivative instruments will continue to be highly effective and in compliance with 
applicable accounting standards, if our hedges did not qualify as highly effective or if we determine that 
forecasted transactions will not occur, the changes in the fair value of the derivatives used as hedges would 
be reflected currently in earnings. 

Contingencies 

We  record  a  liability  for  pending  litigation  and  claims  where  losses  are  both  probable  and  reasonably 
estimable. Each quarter, management reviews all litigation and claims on a case-by-case basis and assigns 
probability of loss and range of loss. 

28 

 
 
 
Explanation of Key Metrics and Other Items 

Cost of Services 

Cost of services principally include costs incurred in connection with our customer management services, 
including  direct  labor,  telecommunications,  technology  costs,  sales  and  use  tax  and  certain  fixed  costs 
associated with the delivery centers. In addition, cost of services includes income related to grants we may 
receive from local or state governments as an incentive to locate delivery centers in their jurisdictions which 
reduce the cost of services for those facilities. 

Selling, General and Administrative 

Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily include costs associated with administrative services 
such  as  sales,  marketing,  product  development,  legal  settlements,  legal,  information  systems  (including 
core  technology  and  telephony  infrastructure)  and  accounting  and  finance.  It  also  includes  outside 
professional fees (i.e., legal and accounting services), building expense for non-delivery center facilities 
and other items associated with general business administration. 

Restructuring Charges, Net 

Restructuring  charges,  net  primarily  include  costs  incurred  in  conjunction  with  reductions  in  force  or 
decisions  to  exit  facilities,  including  termination  benefits  and  lease  liabilities,  net  of  expected  sublease 
rentals. 

Interest Expense 

Interest expense includes interest expense, amortization of debt issuance costs associated with our Credit 
Facility, and the accretion of deferred payments associated with our acquisitions. 

Other Income 

The  main  components  of  other  income  are  miscellaneous  income  not  directly  related  to  our  operating 
activities, such as foreign exchange gains and reductions in our contingent consideration liabilities. 

Other Expenses 

The main components of other expenses are expenditures not directly related to our operating activities, 
such as foreign exchange losses and increases in our contingent consideration liabilities. 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to December 31, 2014 

The tables included in the following sections are presented to facilitate an understanding of Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and present certain information 
by segment for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 (amounts in thousands). All inter-company 
transactions between the reported segments for the periods presented have been eliminated. 

Customer Management Services 

  Year Ended December 31,  

Revenue 
Operating Income 
Operating Margin 

2015 
  $  913,272  
 58,018  

2014 
$  923,497  
 76,792  

      $ Change       % Change    
 (1.1) % 
 (24.4) % 

$  (10,225)   
   (18,774)   

 6.4 %     

 8.3 %     

The change in revenue for the Customer Management Services segment was attributable to a $69.3 million 
net increase in client programs and acquisitions offset by program completions of $25.6 million. Revenue 
was  further  impacted  by  a  $53.9  million  reduction  due  to  foreign  currency  fluctuations,  primarily  the 
Australian dollar and the Brazilian Real. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
The operating  income as a percentage  of revenue decreased to  6.4% in 2015 as compared to  8.3% in 
2014. The operating margin, as with revenue, was negatively impacted by $13.0 million of foreign currency 
fluctuations and  a $4.5 million increase in spending on a number of growth related investments in CMS 
including  sales,  marketing  and  research  and  development.  The  decrease  is  also  attributable  to  a  $1.8 
million goodwill impairment for the Latin America reporting unit (see part II, Item 8. Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data, Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements), and the build out of a super 
site for one of our largest clients. Included in the operating income was amortization related to acquired 
intangibles of $0.8 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Customer Growth Services 

Revenue 
Operating Income 
Operating Margin 

  Year Ended December 31,  

2015 
  $  129,021  
 3,077  

2014 
$  115,434  
 7,255  

      $ Change      % Change    
 11.8 % 
 (57.6) % 

$  13,587   
    (4,178)   

 2.4 %     

 6.3 %     

The increase in revenue for the Customer Growth Services segment was due to $29.4 million increase in 
client programs offset by program completions of $10.4 million and a $5.4 million reduction due to foreign 
currency fluctuations. 

The operating  income as a percentage  of revenue decreased to  2.4% in 2015 as compared to  6.3% in 
2014. This decrease was primarily driven by a $5.9 million goodwill impairment for the WebMetro reporting 
unit  (see  Part  II,  Item  8.  Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,  Note  6  to  the  Consolidated 
Financial Statements), a $1.8 million decrease due to foreign currency fluctuations and the completion of 
established  programs.  These  were  partially  offset  by  increased  profits  from  additional  business  booked 
during 2015 which began operating in 2015. Included in the operating income was amortization related to 
acquired  intangibles  of  $2.7  million  and  $2.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015  and  2014, 
respectively. 

Customer Technology Services 

Revenue 
Operating Income 
Operating Margin 

  Year Ended December 31,  

2015 
  $  157,606  
 13,339  

2014 
$  139,182  
 4,519  

      $ Change      % Change    
 13.2 % 
 195.2 % 

$  18,424   
 8,820   

 8.5 %     

 3.2 %     

The increase in revenue for the Customer Technology Services segment was related to increases in both 
the Cisco and Avaya offerings including recurring revenue for the cloud and managed services solutions. 

The operating income as a percentage of revenue increased to 8.5% in 2015 as compared to 3.2% in 2014. 
The improvement in operating income margin is attributable to increased revenue in combination with lower 
selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses.  Also  as  the  revenue  grows  for  the  cloud  and  managed 
services  solutions,  the  margins  increase  due  to  higher  utilization  of  fixed  expenses.  Included  in  the 
operating income was amortization related to acquired intangibles of $4.2 million and $4.4 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Customer Strategy Services 

Revenue 
Operating Income 
Operating Margin 

  Year Ended December 31,    

2015 
  $  86,856  
   15,746  

2014 
$  63,668  
 7,909  

      $ Change      % Change    
 36.4 % 
 99.1 % 

$  23,188   
 7,837   

 18.1 %     

 12.4 %     

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
The  increase  in  revenue  for  the  Customer  Strategy  Services  segment  was  primarily  related  to  the 
acquisition of rogenSi in August 2014, as well as organic growth across several of our geographies and 
practices  including  our  Customer  Insights  and  Service  Optimization  practices  offset  by  a  $3.9  million 
reduction due to foreign currency fluctuations. 

The operating income as a percentage of revenue increased to 18.1% in 2015 as compared to 12.4% in 
2014. The operating margin increase was related to the acquisition of rogenSi and stronger year over year 
margins  in  the  Customer  Insights,  Service  Optimization  and  CX  Consulting  practices.  Included  in  the 
operating income was amortization expense related to acquired intangibles of $2.9 million and $2.1 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Interest Income (Expense) 

Interest income decreased to $1.1 million in 2015 from $1.8 million in 2014. Interest expense increased to 
$7.5  million  during  2015  from  $6.9  million  for  the  comparable  period  in  2014,  primarily  due  to  high 
outstanding debt. 

Other Income (Expense), Net 

Included  in  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015,  was  a  net  $26  thousand  expense  related  to  fair  value 
adjustments of the contingent consideration based on revised estimates of performance against targets for 
two of our acquisitions (see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note  9 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements). 

Included in the year ended December 31, 2014, was a combined net $6.7 million benefit related to fair value 
adjustments of the contingent consideration based on revised estimates of performance against targets for 
four of our acquisitions (see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 9 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements). 

Income Taxes 

The reported effective tax rate for 2015 was 23.3% as compared to 22.9% for 2014. The effective tax rate 
for 2015 was impacted by earnings in international jurisdictions currently under an income tax holiday, $2.6 
million of benefit related to impairments, $0.7 million benefit related to restructuring charges, $1.2 million 
net of expense related to changes in valuation allowance and a related release of a deferred tax liability, 
$1.3 million of expense related to state net operating losses and credits, $1.5 million of expense related to 
provisions for uncertain tax positions, and $0.4 million benefit related to other discrete items. Without these 
items our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015 would have been 20.4%. In the year 
ended  December 31,  2014,  our  effective  tax  rate  was  22.9%.  Without  a  $1.3  million  benefit  related  to 
restructuring charges, a $1.2 million benefit related to the closing of statute of limitations in Canada, a $0.4 
million benefit related to a valuation allowance for equity compensation, $3.8 million of expense related to 
future contingent payments, $1.3 million of expense related to the resolution of an audit in the Netherlands, 
and  $0.2  million  of  expense  related  to  other  discrete  items,  our  effective  tax  rate  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2014 would have been 19.8%. 

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to 2013 

The tables included in the following sections are presented to facilitate an understanding of Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and present certain information 
by segment for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (amounts in thousands). All inter-company 
transactions between the reported segments for the periods presented have been eliminated. 

31 

 
 
 
Customer Management Services 

Revenue 
Operating Income 
Operating Margin 

  Year Ended December 31, 

2014 
  $  923,497  
 76,792  

2013 
$  890,883  
 75,689  

      $ Change      % Change    
 3.7 % 
 1.5 % 

$  32,614   
 1,103   

 8.3 %     

 8.5 %     

The  increase  in  revenue  for  the  Customer  Management  Services  segment  was  attributable  to  a  $79.5 
million  net  increase  in  client  programs  and  acquisitions  offset  by  program  completions  of  $20.8  million. 
Revenue was further impacted by a $26.1 million reduction due to foreign currency fluctuations, primarily 
the Australian dollar and the Brazilian Real. 

The operating income as a percentage of revenue decreased slightly to 8.3% in 2014 as compared to 8.5% 
in 2013. Adjusted for the negative $5.5 million of foreign currency impact, the operating margin increased 
on operational efficiencies, increased revenue and the related increase in capacity utilization. Included in 
the operating income was amortization related to acquired intangibles of $0.8 million and zero for the years 
ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Customer Growth Services 

Revenue 
Operating Income 
Operating Margin 

  Year Ended December 31, 

2014 
  $  115,434  
 7,255  

2013 
$  100,996  
 3,024  

      $ Change      % Change    
 14.3 % 
 139.9 % 

$  14,438   
 4,231   

 6.3 %     

 3.0 %     

The increase in revenue for the Customer Growth Services segment was due to the combination of net 
increases in client programs and the acquisition of WebMetro in August 2013 of $20.7 million collectively, 
offset  by  program  completions  of  $5.1  million  and  a  $1.2  million  reduction  due  to  foreign  currency 
fluctuations. 

The operating income as a percentage of revenue increased to 6.3% in 2014 as compared to 3.0% in 2013. 
This increase was primarily driven by operational improvements and a shift in program mix to higher margin 
outcome  based  programs.  Included  in  the  operating  income  was  amortization  related  to  acquired 
intangibles of $2.7 million and $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Customer Technology Services 

Revenue 
Operating Income 
Operating Margin 

  Year Ended December 31, 

2014 
  $  139,182  
 4,519  

2013 
$  152,485  
 19,965  

      $ Change       % Change    
 (8.7) % 
 (77.4) % 

$  (13,303)   
   (15,446)   

 3.2 %     

 13.1 %     

Revenue for the Customer Technology Services segment decreased by $13.3 million compared to the prior 
year. The decrease in revenue was primarily attributable to a $13.1 million decrease in revenue from the 
Avaya based offerings offset, in part, by approximately $2.4 million of additional CISCO Cloud revenue. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
The operating income as a percentage of revenue decreased to 3.2% in 2014 as compared to 13.1% in 
2013. The decrease in operating income was primarily the result of a $5.6 million decline tied to the lower 
Avaya platform revenue, $3.3 million of additional selling, general and administrative expenses related to 
investments in sales, marketing and research and development expenses related to the build out of the 
CISCO  cloud  solution,  $1.4  million  related  to  one-time  charges  for  technology  and  managed  service 
expenses, a $1.3 million increase in depreciation expense tied to the increased number of cloud solutions 
in service,  and $1.0 million in severance and other cost associated  with the  integration of TSG into the 
Customer  Technology  Services  segment.  Included  in  the  operating  income  was  amortization  related  to 
acquired  intangibles  of  $4.4  million  and  $4.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014  and  2013, 
respectively. 

Customer Strategy Services 

Revenue 
Operating Income 
Operating Margin 

  Year Ended December 31, 

2014 
  $  63,668  
 7,909  

2013 
$  48,793  
 2,721  

      $ Change      % Change    
 30.5 % 
 190.7 % 

$  14,875   
 5,188   

 12.4 %     

 5.6 %     

The increase in revenue for the Customer Strategy Services segment was related to organic growth across 
our geographies and our consulting practices including our strategy, operations and technology, analytics 
and learning innovations practices and the acquisition of rogenSi in August 2014. 

The operating income as a percentage of revenue increased to 12.4% in 2014 as compared to 5.6% in 
2013.  The  improvement  in  the  CSS  operating  income  was  primarily  the  result  of  the  30.5%  increase  in 
revenue  in  combination  with  the  restructure  and  full  integration  of  this  segment’s  multiple  acquisitions 
initiated in the third quarter of 2013. Additionally the increase in operating income was partially related to 
the  impairment  charges  of  $1.1  million  recorded  as  a  result  of  decreased  revenues  resulting  from  the 
deconsolidation  of  a  subsidiary  in  the  prior  period  (see  Part  II,  Item  8.  Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary Data, Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Included in the operating income 
was amortization expense related to acquired intangibles of $2.1 million and $1.6 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Interest Income (Expense) 

Interest income decreased to $1.8 million in 2014 from $2.6 million in 2013. Interest expense decreased to 
$6.9 million during 2014 from $7.5 million for the comparable period in 2013, primarily due to decreased 
accretion of deferred acquisition costs. 

Other Income (Expense), Net 

Included in the year ended December 31, 2014, was a combined net $6.7 million benefit related to fair value 
adjustments of the contingent consideration based on revised estimates of performance against targets for 
four of our acquisitions (see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 9 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements). 

Included in the year ended December 31, 2013, was a $3.7 million charge related to the deconsolidation of 
a  subsidiary  (see  Part  II,  Item  8.  Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,  Note  23  to  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements). 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Income Taxes 

The reported effective tax rate for 2014 was 22.9% as compared to 22.4% for 2013. The effective tax rate 
for 2014 was impacted by earnings in international jurisdictions currently under an income tax holiday, a 
$1.3 million benefit related to restructuring charges, a $0.4 million benefit related to a valuation allowance 
for equity compensation, a $1.2 million benefit related to the closing of statute of limitations in Canada, $3.8 
million of expense related to future contingent payments, $1.3 million of expense related to the resolution 
of an audit in the Netherlands, and $0.2 million of expense related to other discrete items. Without these 
items our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2014 would have been 19.8%. In the year 
ended  December  31,  2013,  our  effective  tax  rate  was  22.4%.  Without  a  $1.8  million  benefit  related  to 
restructuring charges, a $1.5 million benefit related to return to provision adjustments and $1.8 million of 
expense related to changes in valuation allowance, our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 
2013 would have been 21.5%. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash generated from operations, our cash and cash equivalents, 
and borrowings under our  credit facility, dated June 3, 2013  which was amended and restated effective 
February 11, 2016 (the “Credit Facility”). During the year ended December 31, 2015, we generated positive 
operating cash flows of $133.8 million. We believe that our cash generated from operations, existing cash 
and  cash  equivalents,  and  available  credit  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  expected  operating  and  capital 
expenditure requirements for the next 12 months. 

We manage a centralized global treasury function in the United States with a focus on concentrating and 
safeguarding our global cash and cash equivalents. While the majority of our cash is held outside the U.S., 
we prefer to hold U.S. Dollars in addition to the local currencies of our foreign subsidiaries. We expect to 
use our offshore cash to support working capital and growth of our foreign operations. While there are no 
assurances,  we  believe  our  global  cash  is  protected  given  our  cash  management  practices,  banking 
partners and utilization of diversified, high quality investments. 

We have global operations that expose us to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations that may positively 
or negatively impact our liquidity. We are also exposed to higher interest rates associated with our variable 
rate debt. To mitigate these risks, we enter into foreign exchange forward and option contracts and interest 
rate swaps through our cash flow hedging program. Please refer to Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative 
Disclosures About Market Risk, Foreign Currency Risk, for further discussion. 

We  primarily  utilize  our  Credit  Facility  to  fund  working  capital,  general  operations,  stock  repurchases, 
dividends,  and  other  strategic  activities,  such  as  the  acquisitions  described  in  Note 2  of  the  Notes  to 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  As  of  December 31,  2015  and  2014,  we  had  borrowings  of  $100.0 
million  and  $100.0  million,  respectively,  under  our  Credit  Facility,  and  our  average  daily  utilization  was 
$319.6 million  and  $285.9  million for the  years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  After 
consideration for issued letters of credit under the Credit Facility, totaling $3.4 million, and the current level 
of  availability  based  on  the  covenant  calculations,  our  remaining  borrowing  capacity  was  approximately 
$415 million as of December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants 
and conditions under our Credit Facility. 

The  amount  of  capital  required  over  the  next  12 months  will  depend  on  our  levels  of  investment  in 
infrastructure necessary to maintain, upgrade or replace existing assets. Our working capital and capital 
expenditure  requirements  could  also  increase  materially  in  the  event  of  acquisitions  or  joint  ventures, 
among  other  factors.  These  factors  could  require  that  we  raise  additional  capital  through  future  debt  or 
equity  financing.  We  can  provide  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  raise  additional  capital  with 
commercially reasonable terms acceptable to us. 

The following  discussion  highlights  our  cash  flow  activities  during  the  years  ended  December 31,  2015, 
2014, and 2013. 

34 

 
 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents 

We consider all liquid investments purchased within 90 days of their original maturity to be cash equivalents. 
Our cash and cash equivalents totaled $60.3 million and $77.3 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, 
respectively.  We  diversify  the  holdings  of  such  cash  and  cash  equivalents  considering  the  financial 
condition and stability of the counterparty institutions. 

We reinvest our cash flows to grow our client base, and expand our infrastructure, and for investment in 
research and development, strategic acquisitions and the purchase of our outstanding stock. 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities 

For  the  years  2015,  2014  and  2013  we  reported  net  cash  flows  provided  by  operating  activities  of 
$133.8 million, $94.1 million and $138.0 million, respectively. The increase  of $39.7 million from 2014 to 
2015  was  primarily  due  to  a  $21.1  million  increase  in  cash  collected  from  accounts  receivable,  a  $20.1 
million  decrease  in  payments  made  for  operating  expenses  offset  by  decreases  in  deferred  revenue  of 
$13.1 million. The net decrease of $43.9 million from 2013 to 2014 was primarily due to a $48.3 million 
decrease in cash collected from accounts receivable and an increase of $5.6 million in payments made for 
operating expenses. 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities 

For the years 2015, 2014 and 2013, we reported net cash flows used in investing activities of $77.2 million, 
$91.9 million  and  $59.5 million,  respectively.  The  net  decrease  in  cash  used  in  investing  activities  from 
2014 to 2015 was primarily due to decreased spending on acquisitions and investments of $13.6 million. 
The  net  increase  in  cash  used  in  investing  activities  from  2013  to  2014  was  primarily  due  to  increased 
spending on acquisitions of $15.3 million along with a $17.3 million increase in capital expenditures. 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities 

For the years 2015, 2014 and 2013, we reported net cash flows used in financing activities of $52.9 million, 
$74.2 million and $70.7 million, respectively. The change in net cash flows from 2014 to 2015 was primarily 
due to a $39.8 million decrease in purchases of our outstanding common stock offset by $17.4 million of 
dividends paid during 2015 and a $3.3 million increase for payments of contingent consideration related to 
acquisitions. The change in net cash flows from 2013 to 2014 was primarily due to $8.5 million of payments 
for  contingent  consideration  related  to  acquisitions  and  an  increase  of  $1.5  million  in  dividends  paid  to 
noncontrolling interests, partially offset by a $8.0 million increase in net borrowings from our line of credit.  

Free Cash Flow 

Free cash flow (see “Presentation of Non-GAAP Measurements” below for the definition of free cash flow) 
was  $67.2 million,  $26.4 million  and  $87.6 million  for  the  years  2015,  2014  and  2013,  respectively.  The 
increase from 2014 to 2015 was primarily due to the increase in cash flows provided by operating activities 
and  a  decrease  in  spend  for  capital  expenditures  and  acquisitions.  The  decrease  from  2013  to  2014 
resulted primarily from a decrease in cash flow from operating activities and a  $17.3 million  increase in 
capital expenditures.  

Presentation of Non-GAAP Measurements 

Free Cash Flow 

Free  cash  flow  is  a  non-GAAP  liquidity  measurement.  We  believe  that  free  cash  flow  is  useful  to  our 
investors because it measures, during a given period, the amount of cash generated that is available for 
debt obligations and investments other than purchases of property, plant and equipment. Free cash flow is 
not  a  measure  determined  by  GAAP  and  should  not  be  considered  a  substitute  for  “income  from 
operations,” “net income,” “net cash provided by operating activities,” or any other measure determined in 
accordance  with  GAAP.  We  believe  this  non-GAAP  liquidity  measure  is  useful,  in  addition  to  the  most 
directly comparable GAAP measure of “net cash provided by operating activities,” because free cash flow 
includes investments in operational assets. Free cash flow does not represent residual cash available for 
discretionary expenditures, since it includes cash required for debt service. Free cash flow also includes 
cash that may be necessary for acquisitions, investments and other needs that may arise. 

35 

 
 
 
The following table reconciles net cash provided by operating activities to free cash flow for our consolidated 
results (amounts in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Less: Purchases of property, plant and equipment 

Free cash flow 

2015 

2014 
 $  133,750   $  94,090  $  137,979  
 50,364  
 $   67,155   $  26,449  $   87,615  

   67,641    

 66,595  

2013 

Obligations and Future Capital Requirements 

Future  maturities  of  our  outstanding  debt  and  contractual  obligations  as  of  December 31,  2015  are 
summarized as follows (amounts in thousands): 

     Less than      
1 Year 

1 to 3 
Years 

      3 to 5 
Years 

      Over 5 
Years 

Total 

Credit Facility(1) 
Equipment financing arrangements 
Contingent consideration 
Purchase obligations 
Operating lease commitments 
Other debt 
Total 

  $   2,479   $  103,118   $ 

 —   $  105,597  
 2,907  
 —  
 13,758  
 —  
 14,620  
 —  
   142,519  
   29,976  
 4,069  
 —  
  $  55,262   $  171,228   $  27,004   $  29,976   $  283,470  

 —   $ 
 78  
 —  
 2,289  
   23,591  
 1,046  

 1,194  
 9,421  
 4,355  
   36,571  
 1,242  

 1,635  
 4,337  
 7,976  
 52,381  
 1,781  

(1) 

Includes  estimated  interest  payments  based  on  the  weighted-average  interest  rate,  unused 
commitment fees, current interest rate swap arrangements, and outstanding debt as of December 31, 
2015. On February 11, 2016, we entered into an agreement to extend the maturity of our credit facility 
to February 11, 2021. See “Debt Instruments and Related Covenants” below. 

  Contractual obligations to be paid in a foreign currency are translated at the period end exchange rate. 

  Purchase  obligations  primarily  consist  of  outstanding  purchase  orders  for  goods  or  services  not  yet 
received, which are not recognized as liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets until such goods 
and/or services are received. 

  The contractual obligation table excludes our liabilities of $3.7 million related to uncertain tax positions 
because we cannot reliably estimate the timing of future cash payments. See Part II, Item 8. Financial 
Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,  Note  10  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  further 
discussion. 

Our  outstanding  debt  is  primarily  associated  with  the  use  of  funds  under  our  Credit  Agreement  to  fund 
working  capital,  repurchase  our  common  stock,  dividends  and  other  cash  flow  needs  across  our  global 
operations. 

Purchase Obligations 

Occasionally we contract with certain of our communications clients to provide us with telecommunication 
services.  These  clients  currently  represent  approximately  17%  of  our  total  annual  revenue.  We  believe 
these contracts are negotiated on an arm’s-length basis and may be negotiated at different times and with 
different legal entities. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
          
     
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Future Capital Requirements 

We expect total capital expenditures in 2016 to be within the range of $60 to $70 million. Approximately 
65% of these expected capital expenditures are to support growth in our business and 35% relate to the 
maintenance of existing assets. The anticipated level of 2016 capital expenditures is primarily driven by 
new client contracts and the corresponding requirements for additional delivery center capacity as well as 
enhancements to our technological infrastructure. 

We may consider restructurings, dispositions, mergers, acquisitions and other similar transactions. Such 
transactions  could  include  the  transfer,  sale  or  acquisition  of  significant  assets,  businesses  or  interests, 
including joint ventures or the incurrence, assumption, or refinancing of indebtedness and could be material 
to the consolidated financial condition and consolidated results of our operations. Our capital expenditures 
requirements could also increase materially in the event of acquisition or joint ventures. In addition, as of 
December 31, 2015, we were authorized to purchase an additional $19.6 million of common stock under 
our stock repurchase program (see Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder 
Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of  Equity  Securities).  Our  stock  repurchase  program  does  not  have  an 
expiration date. 

The launch of large client contracts may result in short-term negative working capital because of the time 
period between incurring the costs for training and launching the program and the beginning of the accounts 
receivable collection process. As a result, periodically we may generate negative cash flows from operating 
activities. 

Debt Instruments and Related Covenants 

On February 11, 2016, we entered into a First Amendment to our June 3, 2013 Amended and Restated 
Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security Agreement (collectively the “Credit Agreement”) for 
a senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo 
Bank, National Association, as agent, swing line and fronting lender. 

The Credit Agreement provides for a secured revolving credit facility that matures on February 11, 2021 
with an initial maximum aggregate commitment of $900.0 million, and an accordion feature of up to $1.2 
billion in the aggregate, if certain conditions are satisfied. At our discretion, direct borrowing options under 
the Credit Agreement include (i) Eurodollar loans with one, two, three, and six month terms, (ii) overnight 
base  rate  loans,  and  (iii)  alternate  currency  loans.  The  Credit  Agreement  also  provides  for  a  foreign 
subsidiary borrowing capacity sub-limit for loans or letters of credit of up to 50% of the total commitment 
amount, in both U.S. dollars and certain foreign currencies. 

We  primarily  utilize  our  Credit  Facility  to  fund  working  capital,  general  operations,  stock  repurchases, 
dividends, acquisitions, and other strategic activities.  

Base rate loans bear interest at a rate equal to the greatest of (i) Wells Fargo’s prime rate, (ii) one half of 
1% in excess of the federal funds effective rate, or (iii) 1.25% in excess of the one month London Interbank 
Offered Rate (“LIBOR”); and Eurodollar loans bear interest at LIBOR, in each case adding a margin based 
upon our net leverage ratio. Alternate currency loans bear interest at rates applicable to their respective 
currencies.  

The applicable margins from February 11, 2016 until a compliance certificate is provided by us in connection 
with the delivery to the lenders of our quarterly financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2016, 
are 0.000% per annum for base rate loans and 1.000% per annum for Eurodollar loans or alternate currency 
loans. Thereafter the borrowing margins are determined by reference to our net leverage ratio, as set forth 
in the table below: 

37 

 
 
 
Net Leverage Ratio 

Applicable Margin for 
LIBOR Fixed Rate Loans 

Applicable Margin for 
Base Rate Loans 

Greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00 

Greater than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00 but less 
than 3.00 to 1.00 

Greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 but less 
than 2.50 to 1.00 

Greater than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00 but less 
than 2.00 to 1.00 

Less than 1.00 to 1.00 

1.750% 

1.500% 

1.375% 

1.125% 

1.000% 

0.750% 

0.500% 

0.375% 

0.125% 

0.000% 

Letter of credit fees are one eighth of 1% of the stated amount of the letter of credit on the date of issuance, 
renewal or amendment, plus an annual fee equal to the borrowing margin for Eurodollar loans.  

The Credit Facility commitment fees are payable to the lenders in an amount equal to the unused portion 
of the Credit Facility multiplied by 0.125% per annum from February 11, 2016 until a compliance certificate 
is provided by us in connection with the delivery to the lenders of our quarterly financial statements for the 
quarter ended March 31, 2016, and thereafter are determined by reference to our net leverage ratio, as set 
forth in the table below: 

Net Leverage Ratio 

Greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00 

Greater than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00 but less than 3.00 to 1.00 

Greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 but less than 2.50 to 1.00 

Greater than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00 but less than 2.00 to 1.00 

Less than 1.00 to 1.00 

Applicable Commitment Fee 
Rate 

0.250% 

0.200% 

0.175% 

0.150% 

0.125% 

Indebtedness  under  the  Credit  Agreement  is  guaranteed  by  certain  of  our  domestic  subsidiaries  and  is 
secured by security interests (subject to permitted liens) in the U.S. accounts receivable and cash of our 
Company  and  certain  of  its  domestic  subsidiaries.  The  indebtedness  may  also  be  secured  by  tangible 
assets of our Company and its domestic subsidiaries, if borrowings by foreign subsidiaries exceed $100.0 
million and the total net leverage ratio is greater than 3.00 to 1.00. We also pledged 65% of the voting stock 
and all of the non-voting stock, if any, of certain of our material foreign subsidiaries. 

The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative, negative, and financial covenants. These covenants 
include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  following,  in  each  case  subject  to  exceptions  set  forth  in  the  Credit 
Agreement:  incurring  additional  indebtedness  or,  guaranteeing  of  indebtedness;  creating,  incurring, 
assuming or permitting to exist liens on property and assets; making loans and investments and entering 
into  certain  types  of  mergers,  consolidations  and  acquisitions;  making  capital  distributions  or  paying, 
redeeming or repurchasing subordinated debt; entering into certain affiliate transactions; and entering into 
agreements  that  would  restrict  the  ability  of  the  Company’s  subsidiaries  to  pay  dividends  and  make 
distributions. 

In  addition,  the  Company  is  obligated  to  maintain  a  maximum  net  leverage  ratio  of  3.25  to  1.00,  and  a 
minimum Interest Coverage Ratio of 2.50 to 1.00. 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Credit Facility also contains certain customary information and reporting requirements, and events of 
default, including without limitation events of default based on payment obligations, material inaccuracies 
of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross defaults to certain other debt, certain ERISA 
events, changes in control, monetary judgments, and insolvency proceedings. Upon the occurrence of an 
event  of  default,  the  lenders  may  accelerate  the  maturity  of  all  amounts  outstanding  under  the  Credit 
Facility. 

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had borrowings of $100.0 million and $100.0 million, respectively, 
under the Credit Facility. During 2015, 2014 and 2013, borrowings accrued interest at an average rate of 
approximately 1.2%, 1.2%, and 1.4% per annum, respectively, excluding unused commitment fees. Our 
daily  average  borrowings  during  2015,  2014  and  2013  were  $319.6  million,  $285.9  million  and  $238.1 
million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, and 2014, based on the current level of availability based 
on  the  covenant  calculations  and  the  issued  letters  of  credit,  our  remaining  borrowing  capacity  was 
approximately $415 million and $390 million, respectively. 

From time-to-time, we may have unsecured, uncommitted bank lines of credit to support working capital for 
a few foreign subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had no foreign loans outstanding. 

Client Concentration 

During  2015,  one  of  our  clients  represented  10%  of  our  total  annual  revenue.  Our  five  largest  clients 
accounted for 35%, 38% and 40% of our annual revenue for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 
and 2013, respectively. We have long-term relationships with our top five clients, ranging from two to 19 
years, with the majority of these clients having completed multiple contract renewals with us. The relative 
contribution of any single client to consolidated earnings is not always proportional to the relative revenue 
contribution  on  a  consolidated  basis  and  varies  greatly  based  upon  specific  contract  terms.  In  addition, 
clients may adjust business volumes served by us based on their business requirements. We believe the 
risk of this concentration is mitigated, in part, by the long-term contracts we have with our largest clients. 
Although certain client contracts may be terminated for convenience by either party, we believe this risk is 
mitigated, in  part,  by  the service level disruptions  and transition/migration costs that  would  arise for our 
clients. 

The contracts with our five largest clients expire between 2016 and 2020. Additionally, a particular client 
may  have  multiple  contracts  with  different  expiration  dates.  We  have  historically  renewed  most  of  our 
contracts with our largest clients, but there can be no assurance that future contracts will be renewed or, if 
renewed, will be on terms as favorable as the existing contracts. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

We discuss the potential impact of recent accounting pronouncements in Part II, Item 8. Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

39 

 
 
 
 
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Market  risk  represents  the  risk  of  loss  that may  impact  our  consolidated  financial  position,  consolidated 
results of operations, or consolidated cash flows due to adverse changes in financial and commodity market 
prices and rates. Market risk also includes credit and non-performance risk by counterparties to our various 
financial instruments. We are exposed to market risks due to changes in interest rates and foreign currency 
exchange rates (as measured against the U.S. dollar); as well as credit risk associated with potential non-
performance of our counterparty banks. These exposures are directly related to our normal operating and 
funding  activities.  We  enter  into  derivative  instruments  to  manage  and  reduce  the  impact  of  currency 
exchange rate changes, primarily between the U.S. dollar/Canadian dollar, the U.S. dollar/Philippine peso, 
the  U.S.  dollar/Mexican  peso,  and  the  Australian  dollar/Philippine  peso.  We  enter  into  interest  rate 
derivative instruments to reduce our exposure to interest rate fluctuations associated with our variable rate 
debt.  To  mitigate  against  credit  and  non-performance  risk,  it  is  our  policy  to  only  enter  into  derivative 
contracts  and  other  financial  instruments  with  investment  grade  counterparty  financial  institutions  and, 
correspondingly, our derivative valuations reflect the creditworthiness of our counterparties. As of the date 
of this report, we have not experienced, nor do we anticipate, any issue related to derivative counterparty 
defaults. 

Interest Rate Risk 

We  entered  into  interest  rate  derivative  instruments  to  reduce  our  exposure  to  interest  rate  fluctuations 
associated with our variable rate debt. The interest rate on our Credit Agreement is variable based upon 
the  Prime  Rate  and  LIBOR  and,  therefore,  is  affected  by  changes  in  market  interest  rates.  As  of 
December 31, 2015, we had $100.0 million of outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement. Based 
upon average daily outstanding borrowings during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, interest 
accrued at a rate of approximately 1.2% and 1.2% per annum, respectively. If the Prime Rate or LIBOR 
increased by 100 basis points, there would be $1.0 million of additional interest expense per $100.0 million 
of outstanding borrowing under the Credit Agreement. 

The Company’s interest rate swap arrangements as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows: 

Contract 

      Contract    

Swap 1 
Swap 2 

Foreign Currency Risk 

Notional 
Amount 

Variable Rate 
Received 

  $ 25 million    1 - month LIBOR   
  15 million    1 - month LIBOR   

  Commencement    Maturity 

  Fixed Rate 
Paid 
 2.55 %    April 2012 
 3.14 %    May 2012 

Date 

Date 
   April 2016  
   May 2017  

  $ 40 million  

Our  subsidiaries  in  Bulgaria,  Canada,  Costa  Rica,  Mexico,  Poland,  and  the  Philippines  use  the  local 
currency as their functional currency for paying labor and other operating costs. Conversely, revenue for 
these foreign subsidiaries is derived principally from client contracts that are invoiced and collected in U.S. 
dollars or other foreign currencies. As a result, we may experience foreign currency gains or losses, which 
may positively or negatively affect our results of operations attributed to these subsidiaries. For the years 
ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, revenue associated with this foreign exchange risk was 30%, 
31% and 32% of our consolidated revenue, respectively. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following summarizes relative  (weakening) strengthening of local currencies that are relevant to our 
business: 

Year Ended December 31, 

Canadian Dollar vs. U.S. Dollar 
Philippine Peso vs. U.S. Dollar 
Mexican Peso vs. U.S. Dollar 
Australian Dollar vs. U.S. Dollar 
Euro vs. U.S. Dollar 
Philippine Peso vs. Australian Dollar 

      2014 

      2013 

      2015 
    (19.3) % 
 (4.7) % 
    (17.5) % 
    (11.8) % 
    (11.5) % 

 6.3 %   

 (8.7) % 
 (0.9) % 
 (13.0) % 
 (8.8) % 
 (13.3) %   
 7.2 %   

 (7.3) % 
 (7.6) % 
 (0.3) % 
 (16.9) % 
 4.0 % 
 7.9 % 

In  order  to  mitigate  the  risk  of  these  non-functional  foreign  currencies  weakening  against  the  functional 
currencies of the servicing subsidiaries, which thereby decreases the economic benefit of performing work 
in these countries, we may hedge a portion, though not 100%, of the projected foreign currency exposure 
related  to  client  programs  served  from  these  foreign  countries  through  our  cash  flow  hedging  program. 
While our hedging strategy can protect us from adverse changes in foreign currency rates in the short term, 
an overall weakening of the non-functional revenue foreign currencies would adversely impact margins in 
the segments of the servicing subsidiary over the long term. 

Cash Flow Hedging Program 

To reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations associated with forecasted revenue 
in non-functional currencies, we purchase forward and/or option contracts to acquire the functional currency 
of the foreign subsidiary at a fixed exchange rate at specific dates in the future. We have designated and 
account  for  these  derivative  instruments  as  cash  flow  hedges  for  forecasted  revenue  in  non-functional 
currencies. 

While  we  have  implemented  certain  strategies  to  mitigate  risks  related  to  the  impact  of  fluctuations  in 
currency exchange rates, we cannot ensure that we will not recognize gains or losses from international 
transactions, as this is part of transacting business in an international environment. Not every exposure is 
or can be hedged and, where hedges are put in place based on expected foreign exchange exposure, they 
are based on forecasts for which actual results may differ from the original estimate. Failure to successfully 
hedge or anticipate currency risks properly could adversely affect our consolidated operating results. 

Our  cash  flow  hedging  instruments  as  of  December 31,  2015  and  2014  are  summarized  as  follows  (in 
thousands). All hedging instruments are forward contracts, except as noted. 

As of December 31, 2015 
Philippine Peso 
Mexican Peso 

Local 

  Currency 
  Notional 
Amount 
 16,362,000  
 2,637,000  

  U.S. Dollar 
  Notional 
Amount 

  % Maturing  
in the next  
  12 months  

 361,571 (1)   
 173,124  
 534,695  

 45.4 %    
 28.7 %    

Contracts 
Maturing 
Through 
October 2020 
October 2020 

   $ 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
 
           
 
          
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2014 

Canadian Dollar 
Philippine Peso 
Mexican Peso 
New Zealand Dollar 

Local 
Currency 
Notional 
Amount 

U.S. Dollar    

Notional 
Amount 

 1,500   $ 

 17,428,000  
 2,532,000  
 490  

   $ 

 1,441  
 398,046 (1)     
 179,089  
 381  
 578,957  

(1) 

Includes contracts to purchase Philippine pesos in exchange for New Zealand dollars and Australian 
dollars,  which are translated into equivalent  U.S.  dollars on December 31,  2015 and December 31, 
2014. 

The fair value of our cash flow hedges at December 31, 2015 was a liability (in thousands): 

Philippine Peso 
Mexican Peso 

  Maturing in the  
     December 31, 2015      Next 12 Months   
 (10,183)  
 (9,866)  
 (20,049)  

 (20,102)  
 (25,620)  
 (45,722)   $ 

  $ 

Our cash flow hedges are valued using models based on market observable inputs, including both forward 
and spot foreign exchange rates, implied volatility, and counterparty credit risk. The fair value of our cash 
flow hedges decreased by $14.2 million from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015. The decrease in 
fair value from December 31, 2014 largely reflects a broad strengthening in the U.S. dollar during 2015. 

We recorded net (losses)/gains of $(12.4) million, $(2.4) million, and $8.0 million for settled cash flow hedge 
contracts for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. These (losses)/gains were 
reflected in Revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). If 
the exchange rates between our various currency pairs were to increase or decrease by 10% from current 
period-end levels, we would incur a material gain or loss on the contracts. However, any gain or loss would 
be mitigated by corresponding increases or decreases in our underlying exposures. 

Other than the transactions hedged as discussed above and in Note 8 in the accompanying Consolidated 
Financial Statements, the majority of the transactions of our U.S. and foreign operations are denominated 
in their respective local currency. However, transactions are denominated in other currencies from time-to-
time.  We  do  not  currently  engage  in  hedging  activities  related  to  these  types  of  foreign  currency  risks 
because we believe them to be insignificant as we endeavor to settle these accounts on a timely basis. For 
the years ended 2015 and 2014, approximately 23% and 24%, respectively, of revenue was derived from 
contracts denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. Our results from operations and revenue 
could be adversely affected if the U.S. Dollar strengthens significantly against foreign currencies. 

Fair Value of Debt and Equity Securities 

We did not have any investments in marketable debt or equity securities as of December 31, 2015 or 
2014. 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The  financial  statements  required  by  this  item  are  located  beginning  on  page F-1  of  this  report  and 
incorporated herein by reference. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
 
  
      
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

This Form 10-K includes the certifications of our Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) and Chief Financial 
Officer (the “CFO”) required by Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). 
See  Exhibits 31.1  and  31.2.  This  Item 9A  includes  information  concerning  the  controls  and  control 
evaluations referred to in those certifications. 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, 
as amended) are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in 
reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within 
the  time  periods  specified  in  SEC  rules  and  forms  and  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and 
communicated to management, including our CEO and CFO, to allow timely decisions regarding required 
disclosures.  

Based on their evaluation, as of December 31, 2015, the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K, the 
Company’s CEO  and  CFO have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) were 
not effective because of the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting described 
in “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” below.  

Notwithstanding such material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting, our CEO and CFO 
have concluded that our consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K present fairly, in all 
material respects, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in 
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and Article 10 of Regulation 
S-X of under the Exchange Act.  

Inherent Limitations of Internal Controls 

Our management, including the CEO and CFO, believes that any disclosure controls and procedures or 
internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, 
not  absolute,  assurance  that  the  objectives  of  internal  control  are  met.  Further,  the  design  of  internal 
controls  must  consider  the  benefits  of  controls  relative  to  their  costs.  Inherent  limitations  within  internal 
controls  include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that  breakdowns can 
occur because of simple errors or mistakes. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual 
acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by unauthorized override of controls. Over 
time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of 
compliance  with  associated  policies  or  procedures.  While  the  objective  of  the  design  of  any  system  of 
controls is to provide reasonable assurance of the effectiveness of controls, such design is also based in 
part  upon  certain  assumptions  about  the  likelihood  of  future  events,  and  such  assumptions,  while 
reasonable, may not take into account all potential future conditions. Thus, even effective internal control 
over  financial  reporting  can  only  provide  reasonable  assurance  of  achieving  their  objectives.  Therefore, 
because of the inherent limitations in cost effective internal controls, misstatements due to error or fraud 
may occur and may not be prevented or detected. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management, under the supervision of our CEO and CFO, is responsible for establishing and maintaining 
adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the 
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process 
designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation 
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 
Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  which  (a)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of assets, (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, (c) 
provide  reasonable  assurance  that  receipts  and  expenditures  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with 
appropriate authorization of management and the Board of Directors, and (d) provide reasonable assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could 
have a material effect on the financial statements. 

In  connection  with  the  preparation  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  our  management,  under  the 
supervision and with the participation of our CEO and CFO, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness 
of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 based on the framework established 
in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). As a result of that evaluation, our management concluded that the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2015, the end of 
the  period  covered  by  this  Form  10-K,  because  of  the  material  weaknesses  in  our  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  described  below  under  “Material  Weaknesses  in  Internal  Control  over  Financial 
Reporting”.   

Material Weaknesses in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A  material  weakness  is  a  deficiency,  or  a  combination  of  deficiencies,  in  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual 
or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.  

We identified the following material weaknesses that existed as of December 31, 2015: 

Control  Environment: We  did  not  maintain  an  effective  control  environment  as  we  did  not  have  a 
sufficient complement of qualified personnel commensurate with our financial reporting requirements. 
The  material  weakness  resulted  from  employee  turnover  and  organizational  changes  experienced 
subsequent  to  the  filing  of  our  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014.  This  material 
weakness contributed to the following control deficiencies, each of which is considered to be a material 
weakness. 

Account Reconciliations: We did not maintain effective controls over account reconciliations, including 
the failure to reconcile certain  accounts and to review underlying financial  information in the correct 
reporting period. As a result of this material weakness, we failed to identify errors in the accuracy and 
completeness  of  the  preparation  and  review  of  account  reconciliations  associated  with  unbilled 
revenue,  accrued  expenses  and  telecommunications  expense.  This  material  weakness  resulted  in 
errors that were not material to our annual or interim consolidated financial statements during 2015. 

Journal  Entries: As  previously  disclosed,  we did  not  design  and  maintain  effective  controls  over  the 
appropriate  review  and  approval  of  journal  entries  at  certain  of  our acquired entities, including 
maintaining  appropriate  supporting  documentation. During  the  quarter  ending  December  31,  2015 
management identified additional deficiencies, related to the appropriate review and approval of journal 
entries.  Specifically, we did not design and maintain effective controls over the appropriate review and 
approval of journal entries, including proper segregation of duties related to the ability to create and 
post journal entries. This material weakness did not result in the identification of any adjustments to the 
annual or interim consolidated financial statements.  

Revenue: We  did  not  maintain  processes,  procedures  and  internal  controls  that  were  adequately 
designed, documented, and executed over our revenue process which could lead to misstatements in 
accurate  and  timely  recording  or  reporting  of  revenue.  This  material  weakness  did  not  result  in  the 
identification of any adjustments to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements.  

44 

 
 
 
Impairments: We did not  design  and  maintain  effective internal controls over the review of the cash 
flow forecasts used in the accounting for long-lived asset recoverability and goodwill impairment and 
determination  of  the  an  impairment  charge  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles.  Specifically, the Company did not design and maintain effective internal controls related to 
determining the fair value of reporting units for the purpose of performing goodwill impairment testing 
and management’s review of the data, model and assumptions used in its cash flow forecasts for long-
lived  asset  recoverability  and  goodwill  impairment.  This  control  deficiency  resulted  in  an  immaterial 
misstatement  to  goodwill  during  the  year-ended  December  31,  2014  and  immaterial  out-of-period 
adjustments  to  goodwill  during  each  of  the  quarters  ended  September  30,  2015  and  December  31, 
2015. 

While these control deficiencies did not result in errors that were material to our annual or interim financial 
statements,  they  could  result  in  material  misstatements  of  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and 
disclosures which would not be prevented or detected.  

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 has been audited 
by  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP,  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  as  stated  in  their 
report, which is included in “Part II — Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

Remediation Plan for Material Weakness 

In  response  to  the  identified  material  weaknesses,  our  management,  with  the  oversight  of  the  Audit 
Committee of our board of directors, has dedicated significant resources and efforts to improve our control 
environment  and    has  taken  immediate  action  to    remediate  the  material  weaknesses  identified.  While 
certain remedial actions have been completed, we continue to actively plan for and implement additional 
control  procedures.  The  remediation  efforts,  outlined  below,  are  intended  both  to  address  the  identified 
material weaknesses and to enhance our overall financial control environment. 

Remediation Actions for Control Environment:   

  We  hired  additional  personnel  and  established  appropriate  roles  and  responsibilities  within  our 
global finance and accounting organization to improve our knowledge and expertise over financial 
reporting.  Since  mid-year  2015,  we  have  been  actively  upgrading  key  accounting  leadership 
personnel in the United States, Philippines, and Mexico.  Our focus is on upgrading personnel that 
have  responsibilities  for  the  knowledge  of  and  technical  expertise  in  US  GAAP.  In  the  last  six 
months we appointed a new Global Controller, VP accounting operations, two assistant controllers 
with responsibility for our reporting segments, and additional technical accounting staff.  We are 
also  in  the  process  of  augmenting  our  financial  reporting  function  by  hiring  a  senior  executive, 
reporting  to  the  Global  Controller,  with  significant  public  company  experience  who  will  have 
accountability for all SEC reporting, US GAAP technical accounting issues, and Sarbanes-Oxley 
compliance.   

 

In addition, we engaged an independent third party expert to assist us in our review of our control 
structure, including a comprehensive risk assessment with respect to our internal controls, and to 
provide  constructive  recommendations  for  optimization  of  our  controls  and  control  environment, 
including  our  implementation  of  a  periodic  monitoring  process  for  the  design  and  operating 
effectiveness of our control activities.  We expect to implement the expert recommendations and 
upgrade our control structure in 2016, but  we can provide no assurance as to the timing of when 
the material weaknesses will be remediated as a result of these changes 

  We have implemented a comprehensive training for our accounting managers designed to ensure 
that we have sufficient complement of qualified personnel with knowledge, experience, and training 
in  the  application  of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  will  include  a  program  of 
continuous education for new staff and refresher courses for existing staff on a going forward basis. 

Remediation Actions for Account Reconciliations 

  Beginning  in  the  quarter  ended  September  30,  2015,  we  implemented  enhanced  control 

procedures over our reconciliation process. 

45 

 
 
 
  Beginning in the quarter ended December 31, 2015, we implemented additional balance sheet and 
income  statement  analytic  controls  designed  to  further  enhance  our  controls  and  detect  any 
material misstatements.  

Remediation Actions for Journal Entries 

  We will review our accounting system configuration and implement the necessary system controls 

to eliminate the ability for a user to create and post a journal entry.   

  We have integrated our acquired companies onto our accounting system which will allow for system 

controls to prevent a user from posting and approving their journal entries. 

Remediation Actions for Revenue Processes 

  We  are  optimizing  our  revenue  accounting  organization  structure  to  improve  our  control 

environment including the establishment of a revenue quality assurance organization. 

  We will implement enhanced control procedures and additional controls over our revenue process 

including, but not limited to, system controls and specific transaction controls. 

Remediation for Impairment 

  We engaged a third party expert to assist in our review of the completeness and accuracy of our 
valuation methodology and will continue to apply the enhancements in our valuation models on a 
going forward basis.   

  We will assess, develop and implement specific guidance and procedures for the expected level of 
reviews to be performed in connection with valuation models that we use for impairment testing, 
including consideration of the data and assumptions used in these models. 

These material weaknesses will not be considered remediated until the applicable remedial controls operate 
for  a  sufficient  period  of  time  and  management  has  concluded,  through  testing,  that  these  controls  are 
operating effectively.  

We believe the measures described above will remediate the control deficiencies we have identified and 
strengthen  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  We  are  committed  to  continuing  to  improve  our 
internal control processes and will continue to review, optimize and enhance our financial reporting controls 
and  procedures.  As  we  continue  to  evaluate  and  work  to  improve  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting, we may determine to take additional measures to address control deficiencies or determine to 
modify, or in appropriate circumstances not to complete, certain of the remediation measures described 
above. 

Changes in Internal Control  

The changes made in our internal controls related to account reconciliations, as described under 
Remediation Plan for Material Weaknesses, were the only changes in internal controls over financial 
reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2015  that have materially affected, or are 
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

None. 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information in our 2016 Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, which will be filed no later than 
120 days after December 31, 2015 (the “2016 Proxy Statement”) regarding our executive officers under the 
heading “Information Regarding Executive Officers” is incorporated herein by reference. We have both a 
Code of Ethical Conduct for Executive and Financial Managers and a Code of Conduct. The Code of Ethical 
Conduct for Executive and Financial Officers applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, 
presidents of our business segments, Controller, Treasurer, the General Counsel, Chief Audit executive, 
senior  financial  officers  of each  operating  segment  and  other  persons  performing  similar  functions.  The 
Code  of  Conduct  applies  to  all  directors,  officers,  employees  and  members  of  our  supply  chain  (as 
applicable). Both the Code of Ethical Conduct for Executive and Financial Officers and the Code of Conduct 
are posted on our website at www.teletech.com on the Corporate Governance page. We will post on our 
website any amendments to or waivers of the Code of Ethical Conduct for Executive and Financial Officers 
and our Code of Conduct, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. 

There have been no material changes to the procedures by which stockholders may recommend nominees 
to the board of directors. The remaining information called for by this Item 10 is incorporated by reference 
herein from our 2016 Proxy Statement. 

The information in our 2016 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The  information  regarding  these  matters  is  included  in  Part II, Item  5.  Market  for  Registrant’s  Common 
Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. Also the information in our 
2016 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE 

The information in our 2016 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANTS FEES AND SERVICES 

The information in our 2016 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a)  The following documents are filed as part of this report: 

1.  Consolidated Financial Statements. 

The Index to Consolidated Financial Statements is set forth on page F-1 of this report. 

2.  Financial Statement Schedules. 

All schedules for TeleTech have been omitted since the required information is not present or not 
present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information is 
included in the respective Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto. 

3.  Exhibits. 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

Exhibit No. 
3.01** 

Description 
Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  TeleTech  Holdings, Inc.  filed  with  the  State  of 
Delaware  on  August 1,  1996  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3.1  to  TeleTech’s 
Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-04097) filed 
on July 5, 1996) 

3.02** 

10.04** 

10.06** 

10.24** 

10.25** 

10.27** 

10.28** 

10.29** 

Second  Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  TeleTech  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 3.02 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 28, 2009) 

TeleTech  Holdings, Inc.  Amended  and  Restated  1999  Stock  Option  and  Incentive  Plan 
(incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.04 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the year ended December 31, 2012) 

TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference as Appendix 
A to TeleTech’s Definitive Proxy Statement, filed April 12, 2010) 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Section 16 Officers) (incorporated by reference 
as  Exhibit 4.3  to  TeleTech’s  Form S-8  Registration  Statement  (Registration  No. 333-
167300) filed on June 3, 2010) 

Form of  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  (Non-Section 16  Employees)  (incorporated  by 
reference  as  Exhibit 4.4  to  TeleTech’s  Form S-8  Registration  Statement  (Registration 
No. 333-167300) filed on June 3, 2010) 

Form of  Global  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  (Operating  Committee  Member) 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
on May 1, 2013) 

Form of  Global  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  (Non-Operating  Committee  Member) 
(incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
on May 1, 2013) 

Form of  TeleTech  Holdings, Inc.  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  (other 
employees)  effective  July 1,  2014  (incorporated  by  reference  as  Exhibit 10.29  to 
TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014) 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No. 

10.30** 

Description 
Form of  TeleTech  Holdings, Inc.  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  (Directors  and 
Executive  Committee  Members)  effective  July 1,  2014  (incorporated  by  reference  as 
Exhibit 10.30 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2014) 

10.31** 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Non-Employee Director) (incorporated by 
reference as Exhibit 10.08 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2007) 

10.32* 

Independent Director Compensation Arrangements (effective January 1, 2016) 

10.33** 

10.40** 

10.41** 

10.50** 

10.52** 

10.54** 

10.60** 

10.62** 

10.63** 

10.80** 

10.81** 

Form of 
Exhibit 10.1 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 22, 2010) 

Indemnification  Agreement  with  Directors  (incorporated  by  reference  as 

Employment Agreement between Kenneth D. Tuchman and TeleTech dated October 15, 
2001 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.68 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-
K for the year ended December 31, 2001) 

Amendment to Employment Agreement between Kenneth D. Tuchman and TeleTech dated 
December 31,  2008  (incorporated  by  reference  as  Exhibit 10.17  to  TeleTech’s  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008) 

Employment Agreement between James E. Barlett and TeleTech dated October 15, 2001 
(incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.66 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the year ended December 31, 2001) 

Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  between  James  E.  Barlett  and  TeleTech  dated 
December 31,  2008  (incorporated  by  reference  as  Exhibit 10.13  to  TeleTech’s  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008) 

Second  Amendment,  dated  as  of  April 19,  2011,  to  TeleTech  Holdings, Inc.  Restricted 
Stock Unit Agreement by and between TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and James E. Barlett dated 
June 22, 2007 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to TeleTech’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed April 22, 2011) 

Employment Agreement between Regina Paolillo and TeleTech Holdings, Inc. effective as 
of  November 3,  2011  (incorporated  by  reference  as  Exhibit 10.1  to  TeleTech’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed October 27, 2011) 

Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  dated  as  of  November 15,  2011  between  TeleTech 
Holdings, Inc.  and  Regina  Paolillo  (RSU  Performance  Agreement)  (incorporated  by 
reference as Exhibit 10.2 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed November 21, 
2011) 

Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of November 15, 2011 between TeleTech 
Holdings, Inc.  and  Regina  Paolillo  (Option  Agreement)(incorporated  by  reference  as 
Exhibit 10.3 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed November 21, 2011) 

Employment  Agreement  between  Keith  Gallacher  and  TeleTech  Services  Corporation 
effective  as  of  June 3,  2013  (incorporated  by  reference  as  Exhibit 10.2  to  TeleTech’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013) 

Employment Agreement between Robert N. Jimenez and TeleTech Services Corporation 
effective  as  of  April  20,  2015  (incorporated  by  reference  as  Exhibit  10.81  to  TeleTech’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015) 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No. 

10.90** 

Description 
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and First Amendment to  
Amended and Restated Security Agreement (collectively, “New Credit Agreement”) for 
the senior secured revolving credit facility (the “New Credit Facility”) with a syndicate of 
lenders (collectively, “Lenders”) led by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent, 
swing line and fronting lender.  The New Credit Agreement amends the Company’s prior 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security 
Agreement dated as of June 3, 2013 (the “Prior Credit Facility”). (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.90 to TeleTech’s Form 8-K filed on February 16, 2016) 

21.1* 

  List of subsidiaries 

23.1* 

  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

24.1* 

  Power of Attorney 

31.1* 

  Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CEO of TeleTech 

31.2* 

  Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CFO of TeleTech 

32.1* 

32.2* 

Written  Statement  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  Pursuant  to  Section 906  of  the  Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350) 

Written Statement of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350) 

101.INS***    XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH***    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL***    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. 

101.LAB***    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 

101.PRE***    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF***    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

*  Filed or furnished herewith. 
** 

Identifies  exhibit  that  consists  of  or  includes  a  management  contract  or  compensatory  plan  or 
arrangement. 

Attached as Exhibit 101 to this report are the following documents formatted in XBRL (Extensible 

*** 
Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, 
(ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015, 
2014 and 2013, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 
2015, 2014 and 2013, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 
2015, 2014 and 2013, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant 
has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned; thereunto duly authorized on 
March 14, 2016. 

TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. 

By: 

/s/ KENNETH D. TUCHMAN 
Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below 
on March 14, 2016, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated: 

Signature 

Title 

/s/ KENNETH D. TUCHMAN 
Kenneth D. Tuchman 

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER 

  Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board 

/s/ REGINA M. PAOLILLO 
Regina M. Paolillo 

 PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING OFFICER 
Chief Financial Officer 

* 
James E. Barlett 

* 
Tracy L. Bahl 

* 
Gregory A. Conley 

* 
Robert Frerichs 

* 
Marc L. Holtzman 

* 
Shrikant Mehta 

DIRECTOR 

DIRECTOR 

DIRECTOR 

DIRECTOR 

DIRECTOR 

DIRECTOR 

* By /s/ Regina M. Paolillo under Power of Attorney as attached hereto as Exhibit 24.1 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. 

Page No. 
F-2 
F-4 

F-5 

F-6 
F-7 
F-8 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 

2015, 2014 and 2013 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 

2014 and 2013 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

F-1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of 
comprehensive  income  (loss),  of  stockholders’  equity  and  of  cash  flows  present  fairly,  in  all  material 
respects, the financial position of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2015 and 
2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 
December  31,  2015  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of 
America.    Also  in  our  opinion,  the  Company  did  not  maintain,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - 
Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission (COSO) because material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting existed as 
of  that  date  related  to  (i)  an  ineffective  control  environment,  as  the  Company  did  not  have  a  sufficient 
complement  of  qualified  personnel  commensurate  with  the  Company’s  reporting  requirements.    This 
material  weakness  contributed  to  material  weaknesses  related  to  (ii)  ineffective  controls  over  account 
reconciliations, including review of underlying financial information, (iii) ineffective design of controls over 
review and approval of journal entries, including lack of appropriate supporting documentation and proper 
segregation of duties over creation and posting of journal entries, (iv) ineffective controls over the accurate 
and timely recognition of revenue, and (v) ineffective design and execution of controls over the review of 
cash  flow  forecasts  used  in  the  accounting  for  long-lived  asset  recoverability  and  goodwill  impairment 
analyses.  A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over 
financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or 
interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses 
referred  to  above  are  described  in  Management's  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting 
appearing under Item 9A.  We considered  these material weaknesses in determining the nature, timing, 
and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2015 consolidated financial statements, and our opinion 
regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting does not affect our 
opinion on those consolidated financial statements.  The Company's management is responsible for these 
financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment 
of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in management's report referred to 
above.    Our  responsibility  is  to  express  opinions  on  these  financial  statements  and  on  the  Company's 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  integrated  audits.    We  conducted  our  audits  in 
accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial 
reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.    Our  audits  of  the  financial  statements  included 
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, 
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating 
the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included 
obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material 
weakness  exists,  and  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control 
based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered 
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

As  discussed  in  Note  1  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  changed  the  manner  in 
which it classifies deferred income taxes in 2015.  

F-2 

 
 
 
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external 
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over 
financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (i) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records 
that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the 
company;  (ii) provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit 
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that 
receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of 
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or 
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a 
material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk 
that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance 
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Denver, Colorado 
March 14, 2016 

F-3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(Amounts in thousands, except share amounts) 

ASSETS 

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Accounts receivable, net 
Prepaids and other current assets 
Deferred tax assets, net 
Income tax receivable 
Total current assets 

Long-term assets 

Property, plant and equipment, net 
Goodwill 
Deferred tax assets, net 
Other intangible assets, net 
Other long-term assets 
Total long-term assets 
Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Current liabilities 
Accounts payable 
Accrued employee compensation and benefits 
Other accrued expenses 
Income tax payable 
Deferred revenue 
Other current liabilities 
Total current liabilities 

Long-term liabilities 

Line of credit 
Deferred tax liabilities, net 
Deferred rent 
Other long-term liabilities 
Total long-term liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14) 

  December 31,    December 31,    

2015 

2014 

  $ 

 60,304   $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 283,474  
 64,180  
 —  
 7,114  
 415,072  

 168,289  
 114,183  
 52,082  
 51,215  
 42,486  
 428,255  
 843,327   $ 

 43,323   $ 
 71,634  
 33,160  
 9,125  
 26,184  
 23,480  
 206,906  

 100,000  
 3,333  
 11,791  
 76,349  
 191,473  
 398,379  

 77,316  
 276,432  
 64,702  
 22,501  
 4,532  
 445,483  

 150,212  
 128,705  
 31,512  
 59,905  
 36,658  
 406,992  
 852,475  

 37,019  
 70,069  
 34,430  
 10,141  
 29,887  
 17,085  
 198,631  

 100,000  
 4,675  
 8,956  
 74,149  
 187,780  
 386,411  

Mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interest 

 4,131  

 2,814  

Stockholders’ equity 

Preferred stock; $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; zero shares 
outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 
Common stock; $0.01 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized; 48,481,323 and 
48,452,852 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, 
respectively 
Additional paid-in capital 
Treasury stock at cost: 33,570,930 and 33,599,401 shares as of December 31, 2015 
and December 31, 2014, respectively 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 
Retained earnings 
Noncontrolling interest 

Total stockholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

  $ 

 —  

—  

 485  
 347,251  

 485  
 356,792  

 (533,744)  
 (101,365)  
 720,989  
 7,201  
 440,817  
 843,327   $ 

 (527,595)  
 (52,274)  
 677,859  
 7,983  
 463,250  
 852,475  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F-4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Revenue 

Operating expenses 

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented 
separately below) 
Selling, general and administrative 
Depreciation and amortization 
Restructuring charges, net 
Impairment losses 

Total operating expenses 

Income from operations 

Other income (expense) 

Interest income 
Interest expense 
Loss on deconsolidation of subsidiary 
Other income (expense), net 

Total other income (expense) 

Income before income taxes 

Provision for income taxes 

Net income 

Year Ended December 31,  
2014 

2013 

2015 

 $ 

 1,286,755   $ 

 1,241,781   $ 

 1,193,157  

 928,247  
 194,606  
 63,808  
 1,814  
 8,100  
 1,196,575  

 886,492  
 198,553  
 56,538  
 3,350  
 373  
 1,145,306  

 846,631  
 193,423  
 46,064  
 4,435  
 1,205  
 1,091,758  

 90,180  

 96,475  

 101,399  

 1,090  
 (7,538)  
—  
 2,157  
 (4,291)  

 1,769  
 (6,946)  
 —  
 9,161  
 3,984  

 2,560  
 (7,513)  
 (3,655)  
 (722)  
 (9,330)  

 85,889  

 100,459  

 92,069  

 (20,004)  

 (23,042)  

 (20,598)  

 65,885  

 77,417  

 71,471  

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest 

 (4,219)  

 (5,124)  

 (4,083)  

Net income attributable to TeleTech stockholders 

 $ 

 61,666   $ 

 72,293   $ 

 67,388  

Other comprehensive income (loss) 
Net income 

Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Derivative valuation, gross 
Derivative valuation, tax effect 
Other, net of tax 

Total other comprehensive income (loss) 
Total comprehensive income (loss) 

 $ 

 65,885   $ 
 (38,200)  
 (15,768)  
 7,228  
 (2,707)  
 (49,447)  
 16,438  

 77,417   $ 
 (23,120)  
 (16,970)  
 6,978  
 1,076  
 (32,036)  
 45,381  

 71,471  
 (26,342)  
 (29,465)  
 11,554  
 598  
 (43,655)  
 27,816  

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest 

 (3,026)  

 (4,163)  

 (3,995)  

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to TeleTech 
stockholders 

 $ 

 13,412   $ 

 41,218   $ 

 23,821  

Weighted average shares outstanding 

Basic 
Diluted 

 48,370  
 49,011  

 49,297  
 50,102  

 51,338  
 52,244  

Net income per share attributable to TeleTech stockholders 

Basic 
Diluted 

 $ 
 $ 

 1.27   $ 
 1.26   $ 

 1.47   $ 
 1.44   $ 

 1.31  
 1.29  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F-5 

 
 
 
 
    
 
   
 
   
 
 
    
  
 
       
     
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 
(Amounts in thousands) 

Stockholders’ Equity of the Company 

      Accumulated            

Other 

  Preferred Stock 
  Shares    Amount    Shares    Amount   

  Common Stock 

  Treasury 

Stock 

  Additional 
  Paid-in Capital   

  Comprehensive    Retained 
  Earnings 

Income (Loss) 

  Noncontrolling     
interest 

  Total Equity   

—    $  —   
   —   
—   

 52,288    $ 
—   

   —   

 522    $   (428,716)   $ 

 350,714    $ 

 22,981    $   540,791    $ 

 12,978    $ 

 67,388   

 3,601   

 499,270   
 70,989   

 503    $   (477,399)   $ 

 356,381    $ 

 (20,586)   $   606,502    $ 

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—   
—   

   —   
   —   

 455   
 91   

 5   
 1   

 6,530  
 1,294  

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—  

—  

—   
—   

—   
   —   

 (2,481)  
—   

 (25)  
   —   

 (56,507)  
—  

—   

—   

 3,715   

—   

—   

—   

—   

 (11,509)  
 (433)  

 787   

 13,107   

—   
—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

 (26,254)  

 (17,911)  

—   
—   

—   

—   

—   
 598   

 —    $ 
—   

 —   
   —   

 50,353    $ 
—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   
—   

   —   
   —   

 396   
 58   

 4   
 1   

 5,979  
 876  

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—   

   —   

—  

—  

 (11,362)  
 (434)  

 1,015   

 11,192   

—   

—   

 (4,183)  

 (4,183)  

 (4,140)  

 (425)  

 (1,677)  

 —   

 (1,677)  

—   

—   

—   

—   
—   

—   

—   

—   
—   

 (121)  

 (121)  

 (88)  

 (26,342)  

—   

—   
—   

—   

 (17,911)  

 (4,974)  
 862   

 787   

 34   

 13,141   

—   
—   

 (56,532)  
 598   

 8,081    $ 
 4,512   

 473,482   
 76,805   

 72,293   

—   

—   

—   

 (4,275)  

 (4,275)  

—   

 (936)  

—   

 (936)  

 (22,771)  

 (9,993)  

—   
—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   
—   

—   

—   

—   
—   

 (349)  

 (23,120)  

—   

—   
—   

—   

 (9,993)  

 (5,379)  
 443   

 1,015   

 14   

 11,206   

—   
—   

 (57,074)  
 1,076   

—   
—   

   —   
   —   

 (2,354)  
—   

 (23)  
   —   

 (57,051)  
—  

—   
—   

—   
 1,076   

—    $  —   
 —   
 —   

 48,453    $ 
 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   
 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   
 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   
 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   
 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 372   
 342   

 —   

 —   

 (686)  
 —   

 485    $   (527,595)   $ 

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 4   
 3   

 —   

 —   

 (7)  
 —   

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 5,768  
 5,307  

 —  

 —  

 (17,224)  
 —  

 356,792    $ 
 —   

 (52,274)   $   677,859    $ 

 —   

 61,666   

 7,983    $ 
 3,382   

 463,250   
 65,048   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 (10,016)  
 (9,737)  

 (823)  

 11,035   

 —   
 —   

 — 

  (17,423) 

 — 

   (17,423)  

 —   

 —   

 (3,960)  

 (3,960)  

 —   

 (1,113)  

 —   

 (1,113)  

 (37,844)  

 (8,540)  

 —   
 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   
 (2,707)  

 —   

 —   

 —   
 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   
 —   

 (356)  

 (38,200)  

 —   

 —   
 —   

 —   

 (8,540)  

 (4,244)  
 (4,427)  

 (823)  

 152   

 11,187   

 —   
 —   

 (17,231)  
 (2,707)  

 —    $ 

 —   

 48,481    $ 

 485    $   (533,744)   $ 

 347,251    $ 

 (101,365)   $   720,989    $ 

 7,201    $ 

 440,817   

Balance as of December 31, 
2012 

Net income 
Dividends distributed to 
noncontrolling interest 
Purchases of outstanding 
noncontrolling interest 
Adjustments to redemption 
value of mandatorily 
redeemable noncontrolling 
interest 
Deconsolidation of a 
subsidiary 
Foreign currency translation 
adjustments 
Derivatives valuation, net of 
tax 
Vesting of restricted stock 
units 
Exercise of stock options 
Excess tax benefit from 
equity-based awards 
Equity-based compensation 
expense 
Purchases of common 
stock 
Other, net of tax 

Balance as of December 31, 
2013 

Net income 
Dividends distributed to 
noncontrolling interest 
Adjustments to redemption 
value of mandatorily 
redeemable noncontrolling 
interest 
Foreign currency translation 
adjustments 
Derivatives valuation, net of 
tax 
Vesting of restricted stock 
units 
Exercise of stock options 
Excess tax benefit from 
equity-based awards 
Equity-based compensation 
expense 
Purchases of common 
stock 
Other, net of tax 

Balance as of December 31, 
2014 

Net income 
Dividends to shareholders 
($0.18 per common share)   
Dividends distributed to 
noncontrolling interest 
Adjustments to redemption 
value of mandatorily 
redeemable noncontrolling 
interest 
Foreign currency translation 
adjustments 
Derivatives valuation, net of 
tax 
Vesting of restricted stock 
units 
Exercise of stock options 
Excess tax benefit from 
equity-based awards 
Equity-based compensation 
expense 
Purchases of common 
stock 
Other, net of tax 

Balance as of December 31, 
2015 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F-6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
     
     
          
 
     
     
          
 
          
 
          
 
 
          
 
          
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(Amounts in thousands) 

Year Ended December 31, 
2014 

2015 

2013 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 
activities: 

Depreciation and amortization 
Amortization of contract acquisition costs 
Amortization of debt issuance costs 
Imputed interest expense and fair value adjustments to contingent 
consideration 
Provision for doubtful accounts 
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets 
Impairment losses 
Deferred income taxes 
Excess tax benefit from equity-based awards 
Equity-based compensation expense 
(Gain) loss on foreign currency derivatives 
Loss on deconsolidation of subsidiary, net of cash of zero, zero, and $897, 
respectively 
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions: 

Accounts receivable 
Prepaids and other assets 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 
Deferred revenue and other liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Proceeds from sale of long-lived assets 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment, net of acquisitions 
Investments in non-marketable equity investments 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired of zero, $3,525, and $6,423, respectively 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Proceeds from line of credit 
Payments on line of credit 
Proceeds from other debt 
Payments on other debt 
Payments of contingent consideration related to acquisitions 
Dividends paid to shareholders 
Payments to noncontrolling interest 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Excess tax benefit from equity-based awards 
Payments of debt issuance costs 
Purchase of treasury stock 

Net cash used in financing activities 

  $ 

 65,885   $ 

 77,417   $ 

 71,471  

 63,808  
 900  
 712  

 716  
 1,465  
 (166)  
 8,100  
 9,317  
 (662)  
 11,304  
 (1,469)  

 56,538  
 856  
 705  

 (6,233)  
 633  
 141  
 373  
 9,514  
 (1,399)  
 11,307  
 (1,548)  

 46,063  
 1,160  
 659  

 3,301  
 695  
 —  
 1,205  
 6,892  
 (1,343)  
 13,234  
 234  

 —  

 —  

 2,758  

 (19,867)  
 (5,379)  
 11,941  
 (12,855)  
 133,750  

 202  
 (66,595)  
 (9,000)  
 (1,776)  
 (77,169)  

 (41,005)  
 (5,300)  
 (8,115)  
 206  
 94,090  

 135  
 (67,641)  
 —  
 (24,416)  
 (91,922)  

 7,291  
 (5,374)  
 (2,549)  
 (7,718)  
 137,979  

 —  
 (50,364)  
 —  
 (9,166)  
 (59,530)  

    2,262,350  
   (2,262,350)  
 —  
 (3,222)  
 (11,883)  
 (17,423)  
 (4,593)  
 825  
 662  
 (35)  
 (17,231)  
 (52,900)  

    2,077,400  
   (2,077,400)  
 —  
 (4,504)  
 (8,547)  
—  
 (5,962)  
 443  
 1,399  
 —  
 (57,074)  
 (74,245)  

    1,533,550  
   (1,541,550)  
 3,709  
 (5,789)  
 —  
 —  
 (4,455)  
 862  
 1,343  
 (1,800)  
 (56,532)  
 (70,662)  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 

 (20,693)  

 (8,624)  

 (14,255)  

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period 

Supplemental disclosures 
Cash paid for interest 
Cash paid for income taxes 

Non-cash investing and financing activities 

Acquisition of long-lived assets through capital leases 
Acquisition of equipment through increase in accounts payable, net 
Landlord incentives credited to deferred rent 
Contract acquisition costs credited to accounts receivable 

 (17,012)  
 77,316  
 60,304   $ 

 (80,701)  
 158,017  

 77,316   $ 

 (6,468)  
 164,485  
 158,017  

 6,052   $ 
 15,178   $ 

 5,404   $ 
 14,545   $ 

 4,220  
 16,757  

 10,492   $ 
 386   $ 
—   $ 
 1,055   $ 

 696  
 4,170   $ 
 —   $ 

 471  

 —  
 2,762  
 1,016  
 1,000  

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F-7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

(1) 

OVERVIEW AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Overview 

TeleTech  Holdings, Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  (“TeleTech”  or  the  “Company”)  is  a  customer  engagement 
management  services  provider,  delivering  integrated  consulting,  technology,  growth  and  customer  care 
solutions on a global scale. Our suite of products and services allows us to design and deliver engaging, 
outcome-based  customer  experiences  across  numerous  interaction  channels.  TeleTech’s  44,000 
employees  serve  clients  in  the  automotive,  communication,  financial  services,  government,  healthcare, 
logistics, media and entertainment, retail, technology, transportation and travel industries via operations in 
the U.S., Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, China, Costa Rica, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, 
Israel,  Lebanon,  Macedonia,  Mexico,  New  Zealand,  the  Philippines,  Poland,  Singapore,  South  Africa, 
Thailand, Turkey, the United Arab Emirates, and the United Kingdom. 

Basis of Presentation 

The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  are  comprised  of  the  accounts  of  TeleTech,  its  wholly  owned 
subsidiaries, its 55% equity owned subsidiary Percepta, LLC, its 80% interest in iKnowtion, LLC, and its 
80% interest in Peppers & Rogers Group through the third quarter of 2013 when the final 20% interest was 
repurchased  (see  Note  2).  All  intercompany  balances  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in 
consolidation. 

During  the  three  months  ended  June  30,  2015,  the  Company  recorded  an  additional  expense  of  $1.75 
million as an additional estimated tax liability that should  have been recorded  in prior periods related to 
ongoing discussions with relevant government authorities related to site compliance with tax advantaged 
status.  The  total  amount  of  $1.75  million  should  have  been  recorded  as  additional  tax  expense  in  the 
amount of $466 thousand in 2012, $406 thousand in 2013, $645 thousand in 2014 and $234 thousand in 
the first quarter of 2015. 

During the three months ended June 30, 2015, the Company recorded an additional $3.2 million loss related 
to foreign currency translation within Other comprehensive income (loss) that should have been recorded 
in 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 to correct for an error in translating the financial results 
of  Sofica  Group  AD,  which  the  Company  acquired  on  February  28,  2014.  Of  the  $3.2  million  recorded, 
approximately $1.7 million and $1.5 million should have been recorded in the year ended December 31, 
2014, and the three months ended March 31, 2015, respectively. The Company also recorded an additional 
$2.7 million loss to “Other, net of tax” within Other comprehensive income (loss) in the three months ended 
March 31, 2015 and the nine months ended September 30, 2015 related to the annual actuarial analysis 
for the Company’s Philippines pension liability that should have been recorded in the fourth quarter of 2014. 

During  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2015,  the  Company  recorded  an  additional  $2.9  million 
impairment to correct for an error in the goodwill impairment annual assessment and quarterly assessment 
for the WebMetro reporting unit. The Company should have recorded a $2.3 million impairment in the three 
months ended December 31, 2014 and an additional $0.6 million impairment in the three months ended 
September 30, 2015. 

The  Company  has  evaluated  the  aggregate  impact  of  these  adjustments  and  concluded  that  these 
adjustments were not material to the previously issued or current period Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally 
accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions in determining 
the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  disclosure  of  contingent  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting 
period. On an on-going basis, the Company evaluates its estimates including those related to derivatives 
and  hedging  activities,  income  taxes  including  the  valuation  allowance  for  deferred  tax  assets,  self-
insurance reserves, litigation reserves, restructuring reserves, allowance for doubtful accounts, contingent 
consideration, and valuation of goodwill, long-lived and intangible assets. The Company bases its estimates 
on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results 
of  which  form  the  basis  for making  judgments  about  the  carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities.  Actual 
results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.  

F-8 

 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Concentration of Credit Risk 

The  Company  is  exposed  to  credit  risk  in  the  normal  course  of  business,  primarily  related  to  accounts 
receivable and derivative instruments. Historically, the losses related to credit risk have been immaterial. 
The Company regularly monitors its credit risk to mitigate the possibility of current and future exposures 
resulting  in  a  loss.  The  Company  evaluates  the  creditworthiness  of  its  clients  prior  to  entering  into  an 
agreement to provide services and as necessary through the life of the client relationship. The Company 
does not believe it is exposed to more than a nominal amount of credit risk in its derivative hedging activities, 
as the Company diversifies its activities across six well-capitalized, investment-grade financial institutions. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

Fair values of cash equivalents and accounts receivable and payable approximate the carrying amounts 
because of their short-term nature. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

The  Company  considers  all  cash  and  highly  liquid  short-term  investments  with  an  original  maturity  of 
90 days or less to be cash equivalents. The Company manages a centralized global treasury function in 
the United States with a focus on concentrating and safeguarding its global cash and cash equivalents. 
While the majority of the Company’s cash is held outside the U.S., the Company prefers to hold U.S. Dollars 
in addition to the local currencies of the foreign subsidiaries. The Company believes that it has effectively 
mitigated and managed its risk relating to its global cash through its cash management practices, banking 
partners,  and  utilization  of  diversified,  high  quality  investments.  However,  the  Company  can  provide  no 
assurances that it will not sustain losses. 

Accounts Receivable 

An  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  determined  based  on  the  aging  of  the  Company’s  accounts 
receivable,  historical  experience,  client  financial  condition,  and  management  judgment.  The  Company 
writes  off  accounts  receivable  against  the  allowance  when  the  Company  determines  a  balance  is 
uncollectible. 

Derivatives 

The Company enters into foreign exchange forward and option contracts to reduce its exposure to foreign 
currency exchange rate fluctuations that are associated with forecasted revenue earned in foreign locations. 
The Company also enters into interest rate derivatives which consist of interest rate swaps to reduce the 
Company’s  exposure  to  interest  rate  fluctuations  associated  with  its  variable  rate  debt.  Upon  proper 
qualification, these contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. The Company formally documents at 
the inception of the hedge all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items as well as its 
risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedging activities. 

All derivative financial instruments are reported at fair value and recorded in Prepaids and other current 
assets,  Other  assets,  Other  current  liabilities,  and  Other  liabilities  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated 
Balance  Sheets  as  applicable  for  each  period  end.  Changes  in  fair  value  of  derivative  instruments 
designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  are  recorded  in  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss),  a 
component of Stockholders’ Equity, to the extent they are deemed effective. Ineffectiveness is measured 
based on the change in fair value of the forward contracts and the fair value of the hypothetical derivatives 
with terms that match the critical terms of the risk being hedged. Based on the criteria established by current 
accounting standards, the Company’s cash flow hedge contracts are deemed to  be highly effective. Any 
realized gains or losses resulting from the foreign currency cash flow hedges are recognized together with 
the  hedged  transaction  within  Revenue.    Any  realized  gains  or  losses  from  the  interest  rate  swaps  are 
recognized  in  interest  income  (expense).  Gains  and  losses  from  the  settlements  of  the  Company’s  net 
investment  hedges  remain  in  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  until  partial  or  complete 
liquidation of the applicable net investment. 

F-9 

 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Company also enters into fair value derivative contracts that hedge against foreign currency exchange 
gains and losses primarily associated with short-term payables and receivables. Changes in the fair value 
of derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges affect the carrying value of the asset or liability 
hedged, with changes in both the derivative instrument and the hedged asset or liability being recognized 
in Other income (expense), net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
(Loss). 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. 
Maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are expensed as incurred. 

Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method based on the following estimated 
useful lives: 

Building 
Computer equipment and software 
Telephone equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 

Leasehold improvements 
Other 

25 years 
3 to 7 years 
4 to 7 years 
5 years 
Lesser of economic useful life (typically 10 years) or 
original lease term 
3 to 7 years 

The  Company  evaluates  the  carrying  value  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  for  impairment  whenever 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. An asset 
is considered to be impaired when the forecasted undiscounted cash flows of an asset group are estimated 
to  be  less  than  its  carrying  value.  The  amount  of  impairment  recognized  is  the  difference  between  the 
carrying  value  of  the  asset  group  and  its  fair  value.  Fair  value  estimates  are  based  on  assumptions 
concerning the amount and timing of forecasted future cash flows. 

Software Development Costs 

The  Company  capitalizes  costs  incurred  to  acquire  or  develop  software  for  internal  use.  Capitalized 
software  development  costs  are  amortized  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  life 
equal to the lesser of the license term or 4 years. The amortization expense is recorded in Depreciation 
and amortization in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

Goodwill 

The Company evaluates goodwill for possible impairment at least annually on December 1, and whenever 
events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  such  assets  may  not  be 
recoverable. The Company uses a three step process to assess the realizability of goodwill. The first step, 
Step 0, is a qualitative assessment that analyzes current economic indicators associated with a particular 
reporting unit. For example, the Company analyzes changes in economic, market and industry conditions, 
business strategy, cost factors, and financial performance, among others, to determine if there would be a 
significant  decline  to  the  fair  value  of  a  particular  reporting  unit.  A  qualitative  assessment  also  includes 
analyzing the excess fair  value of a reporting  unit  over its carrying  value from impairment assessments 
performed  in  previous  years.  If  the  qualitative  assessment  indicates  a  stable  or  improved  fair  value,  no 
further testing is required. 

If a qualitative assessment indicates that a significant decline to fair value of a reporting unit is more likely 
than not, or if a reporting unit’s fair value has historically been closer to its carrying value, the Company will 
proceed to Step 1 testing where the Company calculates the fair value of a reporting unit. If Step 1 indicates 
that the carrying value of a reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, the Company will proceed to Step 2 
where the fair value of the reporting unit will be allocated to assets and liabilities as they would in a business 
combination.  Impairment  occurs  when  the  carrying  amount  of  goodwill  exceeds  its  estimated  fair  value 
calculated in Step 2. 

F-10 

 
 
 
 
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Other Intangible Assets 

The  Company  has  other  intangible  assets  that  include  customer  relationships  (definite-lived)  and  trade 
names  (indefinite-lived  and  definite-lived)  and  non-compete  agreements  (definite-lived).  Definite-lived 
intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which range from 
four to 11 years. The Company evaluates the carrying value of its definite-lived intangible assets whenever 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. A definite-
lived intangible asset is considered to be impaired when the forecasted undiscounted cash flows of its asset 
group are estimated to be less than its carrying value. 

The  Company  evaluates  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  for  possible  impairment  at  least  annually  or 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be 
recoverable. Similar to goodwill, the Company may first use a qualitative analysis to assess the realizability 
of its indefinite-lived intangible assets. The qualitative analysis will include a review of changes in economic, 
market and industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial performance, among others, 
to determine if there would be a significant decline to the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset. If 
a  quantitative  analysis  is  completed,  an  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  (a  trade  name)  is  evaluated  for 
possible impairment by comparing the fair value of the asset with its carrying value. Fair value is estimated 
as the discounted value of future revenues arising from a trade name using a royalty rate that a market 
participant  would  pay for use of that trade name. An  impairment charge  is recorded  if the trade name’s 
carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value. 

Self Insurance Liabilities 

The Company self-insures for certain levels of workers’ compensation, employee health, property, errors 
and omissions, cyber risks, and general liability insurance. The Company records estimated liabilities for 
these insurance lines based upon analyses of historical claims experience. The most significant assumption 
the Company makes in estimating these liabilities is that future claims experience will emerge in a similar 
pattern  with  historical  claims  experience.  The  liabilities  related  to  workers’  compensation  and  employee 
health  insurance  are  included  in  Accrued  employee  compensation  and  benefits  in  the  accompanying 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. The liability for other general liability insurance is included in Other accrued 
expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Restructuring Liabilities 

The Company routinely assesses the profitability and utilization of its delivery centers and existing markets. 
In  some  cases,  the  Company  has  chosen  to  close  under-performing  delivery  centers  and  complete 
reductions in workforce to enhance future profitability. Severance payments that occur from reductions in 
workforce are in accordance with the Company’s postemployment plans and/or statutory requirements that 
are communicated to all employees upon hire date; therefore, severance liabilities are recognized when 
they are determined to be probable and reasonably estimable. Other liabilities for costs associated with an 
exit or disposal activity are recognized when the liability is incurred, rather than upon commitment to a plan. 

Income Taxes 

Accounting  for  income  taxes  requires  recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  expected 
future  income  tax  consequences  of  transactions  that  have  been  included  in  the  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on 
the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates 
in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Gross deferred tax assets may then 
be reduced by a valuation allowance for amounts that do not satisfy the realization criteria established by 
current accounting standards. 

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring 
uncertain tax positions. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is 
more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit. The second step is to estimate and 
measure the tax benefit as the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate 
settlement with the tax authority. The Company evaluates these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis.  

F-11 

 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

This evaluation is based on the consideration of several factors including changes in facts or circumstances, 
changes in applicable tax law, and settlement of issues under audit. The Company recognizes interest and 
penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a part of the Provision for income taxes in the accompanying 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

The  Company  provides  for  U.S. income  tax  expense  on  the  earnings  of  foreign  subsidiaries  unless  the 
subsidiaries’ earnings are considered permanently reinvested outside the U.S. 

Equity-Based Compensation Expense 

Equity-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted is determined based on 
the grant-date fair value net of an estimated forfeiture rate on a straight-line basis over the requisite service 
period of the award, which is typically the vesting term of the share-based payment award. The Company 
estimates the forfeiture rate annually based on its historical experience of forfeited awards. 

Foreign Currency Translation 

The  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  Company’s  foreign  subsidiaries,  whose  functional  currency  is  not  the 
U.S. Dollar, are translated at the exchange rates in effect on the last day of the period and income and 
expenses are translated using the monthly  average exchange rates in  effect for the period  in  which the 
items  occur.  Foreign  currency  translation  gains  and  losses  are  recorded  in  Accumulated  other 
comprehensive income (loss) within Stockholders’ Equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses 
are  included  in  Other  income  (expense),  net  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

Revenue Recognition 

The Company recognizes revenue when evidence of an arrangement exists, the delivery of service has 
occurred,  the  fee  is  fixed  or  determinable  and  collection  is  reasonably  assured.  The  BPO  inbound  and 
outbound service fees are based on either a per minute, per hour, per transaction or per call basis. Certain 
client programs provide for adjustments to monthly billings based upon whether the Company achieves, 
exceeds  or  fails  certain  performance  criteria.  Adjustments  to  monthly  billings  consist  of  contractual 
bonuses/penalties, holdbacks and other performance based contingencies. Revenue recognition is limited 
to the amount that is not contingent upon delivery of future services or meeting other specified performance 
conditions. 

Revenue also consists of services for agent training, program launch, professional consulting, fully-hosted 
or  managed  technology  and  learning  innovation  services.  These  service  offerings  may  contain  multiple 
element  arrangements  whereby  the  Company  determines  if  those  service  offerings  represent  separate 
units of accounting. A deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has standalone value 
and delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially within our 
control. If those deliverables are determined to be separate units of accounting, revenue is recognized as 
services are provided. If those deliverables are not determined to be separate units of accounting, revenue 
for  the  delivered  services  are  bundled  into  one  unit  of  accounting  and  recognized  over  the  life  of  the 
arrangement or at the time all services and deliverables have been delivered and satisfied. The Company 
allocates revenue to each of the deliverables based on a selling price hierarchy of vendor specific objective 
evidence  (“VSOE”),  third-party  evidence,  and  then  estimated  selling  price.  VSOE  is  based  on  the  price 
charged when the deliverable is sold separately. Third-party evidence is based on largely interchangeable 
competitor services in standalone sales to similarly situated customers. Estimated selling price is based on 
the Company’s best estimate of what the selling prices of deliverables would be if they were sold regularly 
on a standalone basis. Estimated selling price is established considering multiple factors including, but not 
limited to, pricing practices in different geographies, service offerings, and customer classifications. Once 
the Company allocates revenue to each deliverable, the Company recognizes revenue when all revenue 
recognition criteria are met. 

F-12 

 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Deferred Revenue and Costs 

The Company records amounts billed and received, but not earned, as deferred revenue. These amounts 
are  recorded  in  Deferred  revenue  or  as  a  component  of  Other  long-term  liabilities  in  the  accompanying 
Consolidated Balance Sheets based on the period over which the Company expects to render services. 

We defer revenue for initial training that occurs upon commencement of a new contract if that training is 
billed separately because the training is not considered to provide standalone value from other services. 
Accordingly, the corresponding training costs, consisting primarily of labor and related expenses, are also 
deferred. In these circumstances, both the training revenue and costs are amortized straight-line over the 
life of the contract as a component of Revenue and Cost of services, respectively. In situations where these 
initial training costs are not billed separately, but rather included in the hourly service rates paid by the client 
over the life of the contract, no deferral is necessary as the revenue is being recognized over the life of the 
contract and the associated training costs are expensed as incurred. 

Rent Expense 

The Company has negotiated certain rent holidays, landlord/tenant incentives and escalations in the base 
price of rent payments over the initial term of its operating leases. The initial term includes the “build-out” 
period of leases, where no rent payments are typically due. The Company recognizes rent holidays and 
rent escalations on a straight-line basis to rent expense over the lease term. The landlord/tenant incentives 
are recorded as an increase to deferred rent liabilities and amortized on a straight line basis to rent expense 
over the initial lease term. 

Asset Retirement Obligations 

Asset retirement obligations relate to legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets 
resulting from the acquisition, construction, development and/or normal use of the underlying assets. 

The  Company  records  all  asset  retirement  obligations  at  estimated  fair  value.  The  Company’s  asset 
retirement obligations primarily relate to clauses in its delivery center operating leases which require the 
Company to return the leased premises to its original condition. The associated asset retirement obligations 
are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the underlying asset and depreciated over the estimated 
useful life of the asset. The liability, reported within Other long-term liabilities, is accreted through charges 
to operating expenses. If the asset retirement obligation is settled for an amount other than the carrying 
amount of the liability, the Company recognizes a gain or loss on settlement. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. ASU 2014-09 
provides new guidance related to how an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised 
goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to 
be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, ASU 2014-09 specifies new accounting for 
costs associated with obtaining or fulfilling contracts with customers and expands the required disclosures 
related to revenue and cash flows from contracts with customers. This new guidance was effective for fiscal 
years, and interim periods  within those  years, beginning after December 15, 2016, and can be adopted 
either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of 
the  date  of  adoption,  with  early  application  not  permitted.  The  Company  is  currently  determining  its 
implementation approach and assessing the impact on the consolidated financial statements. 

In  August  2015,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2015-04,  “Deferral  of  Effective  Date”.  ASU  2015-04  defers  the 
effective date of ASU 2014-09 for revised revenue recognition by one year which means it will be effective 
for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017. 

F-13 

 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs”. 
ASU 2015-03 requires all  costs incurred in connection  with the  issuance of debt to be presented  in the 
balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the associated debt liability. This ASU is 
effective for interim and annual periods  beginning on  or after December 15, 2015 and early  adoption is 
permitted. Beginning in 2016, the Company will apply the new guidance as applicable and does not expect 
adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or related 
disclosures.  

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, “Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period 
Adjustments”. ASU 2015-16 requires that the cumulative impact of all measurement period adjustments be 
recorded  in  the  period  in  which  the  adjustment  is  identified.  This  change  eliminates  the  requirement  to 
restate prior financial statements. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after 
December 15, 2015 and can be early adopted for periods for which the financial statements have not yet 
been issued. The Company took advantage of the early adoption provision and adopted the standard during 
the quarter ended September 30, 2015. It did not have a material impact on its financial position, results of 
operations or related disclosures. 

In  November  2015,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2015-17,  “Balance  Sheet  Classification  of  Deferred  Taxes”, 
which simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes. This ASU requires that deferred tax assets and 
liabilities be classified as non-current in a statement of financial position. The Company early adopted ASU 
2015-17  effective  December  31,  2015  on  a  prospective  basis.  Adoption  of  this  ASU  resulted  in  a 
reclassification of the Company’s net current deferred tax asset to the net non-current deferred tax asset in 
its Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2015. No prior periods were retrospectively adjusted. 
See additional discussion in Note 10 Income Taxes. 

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-02  “Leases”,  which  amends  the  existing  accounting 
standards  for  lease  accounting,  including  requiring  lessees  to  recognize  most  leases  on  their  balance 
sheets related to the rights and obligations created by those leases and making targeted changes to lessor 
accounting. The ASU also requires new disclosures to regarding the amounts, timing, and uncertainty of 
cash flows arising from leases. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after 
December  15,  2018  and  early  adoption  is  permitted.   The  new  leases  standard  requires  a  modified 
retrospective transition approach for all leases existing at, or entered into after, the date of initial application, 
with  an  option  to  use  certain  transition  relief.  The  Company  is  currently  determining  its  implementation 
approach and assessing the impact on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. 

(2) 

ACQUISITIONS 

rogenSi 

In  the  third  quarter  of  2014,  as  an  addition  to  the  Customer  Strategy  Services  (“CSS”)  segment,  the 
Company acquired substantially all operating assets of rogenSi Worldwide PTY, Ltd., a global leadership, 
change management, sales, performance training and consulting company. 

The total purchase price was $34.3 million, subject to certain working capital adjustments, and consists of 
$18.0 million in cash at closing and an estimated $14.5 million in three earn-out payments, contingent on 
the acquired companies and TeleTech’s CSS segment achieving certain agreed earnings before interest, 
taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) targets, as defined in the sale and purchase agreement. 
Additionally, the estimated purchase price included a $1.8 million hold-back payment for contingencies as 
defined in the sale and purchase agreement which will be paid in the first quarter of 2016, if required. The 
total contingent consideration possible per the sale and purchase agreement ranges from zero to $17.6 
million and the earn-out payments are payable in early 2015, 2016 and 2017, based on July 1, 2014 through 
December 31, 2014, and full year 2015 and 2016 performance, respectively. 

The fair value of the contingent consideration was measured by applying a probability weighted discounted 
cash flow model based on significant inputs not observable in the market (Level 3 inputs). Key assumptions 
include a discount rate of 4.6% and expected future value of payments of $15.3 million. The $15.3 million 
of  expected  future  payments  was  calculated  using  a  probability  weighted  EBITDA  assessment  with  the 
highest probability associated with rogenSi achieving the targeted EBITDA for each earn-out year.  

F-14 

 
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

As of the  acquisition date, the fair value of the contingent consideration was approximately $14.5 million. 
During the fourth quarter of 2014, the third quarter of 2015, and the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company 
recorded  fair  value  adjustments  of  the  contingent  consideration  of  $0.5  million,  $0.8  million,  and  $(0.3) 
million, respectively, based on revised estimates noting higher or lower probability of exceeding the EBITDA 
targets (see Note  9).  As of  December 31,  2015, the fair  value of the contingent  consideration  was $9.8 
million, of which $5.7 million and $4.1 million were included in Other accrued expenses and Other long-
term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets, respectively. 

The following summarizes the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of 
the acquisition date (in thousands): 

Cash 
Accounts receivable, net 
Other assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Deferred tax assets, net 
Customer relationships 
Tradename / trademarks 
Non-compete agreements 
Goodwill 

Accounts payable 
Accrued employee compensation and benefits 
Accrued expenses 
Other 

  Acquisition Date   
Fair Value 

  $ 

 2,670  
 6,417  
 2,880  
 578  
 449  
 6,331  
 5,545  
 927  
 17,260  
 43,057  

 708  
 2,203  
 1,146  
 4,597  
 8,654  

Total purchase price 

  $ 

 34,403  

In the third quarter of 2015, the Company finalized its valuation of rogenSi for the acquisition date assets 
acquired  and  liabilities  assumed.  The  only  material  adjustment  was  an  increase  to  the  balances  for 
tradename/  trademarks,  customer  relationships  and  non-compete  agreements  by  $3.4  million  and  a 
resulting decrease to goodwill of $3.4 million. In connection with this valuation finalization, a reduction to 
amortization expense of $0.3 million was recorded during the quarter ended September 30, 2015. 

The rogenSi customer relationships and non-compete agreements will be amortized over useful life of 70 
months and 30 months, respectively. The goodwill recognized from the rogenSi acquisition is attributable, 
but not limited to, the acquired workforce and expected synergies within CSS. None of the tax basis of the 
acquired intangibles and goodwill will be deductible for income tax purposes. The acquired goodwill and 
the operating results of rogenSi are reported within the CSS segment from the date of acquisition. 

Sofica 

In the first quarter of 2014, as an addition to the Customer Management Services (“CMS”) segment, the 
Company  acquired  a  100%  interest  in  Sofica  Group,  a  Bulgarian  joint  stock  company  (“Sofica”).  Sofica 
provides customer lifecycle management and other business process services across multiple channels in 
multiple sites in over 18 languages. 

F-15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The purchase price of $14.2 million included $9.4 million in cash consideration (including working capital 
adjustments) and an estimated $3.8 million in earn-out payments, payable in 2015 and 2016, contingent 
on  Sofica  achieving  specified  EBITDA  targets,  as  defined  by  the  stock  purchase  agreement.  The  total 
contingent  consideration  possible  per  the  stock  purchase  agreement  ranges  from  zero  to  $7.5  million. 
Additionally, the purchase price includes a $1.0 million hold-back payment for contingencies as defined in 
the stock purchase agreement which will be paid in the second quarter of 2016, if required. 

The fair value of the contingent consideration was measured based on significant inputs not observable in 
the market (Level 3 inputs). Key assumptions include a discount rate of 5.0% and expected future value of 
payments of $4.0 million. The $4.0 million of expected future payments was calculated using a probability 
weighted EBITDA assessment with the highest probability associated with Sofica achieving the targeted 
EBITDA for each earn-out year. As of the acquisition date, the fair value of the contingent  consideration 
was approximately $3.8 million. During the third and fourth quarters of 2014, the Company recorded fair 
value adjustments of the contingent consideration of $1.8 million and $0.6 million, respectively based on 
revised  estimates  noting  higher  probability  of  exceeding  the  EBITDA  targets  (see  Note  9).  During  the 
second  quarter  of  2015,  the  Company  recorded  a  negative  fair  value  adjustment  for  contingent 
consideration of $0.5 million based on revised estimates noting lower profitability than initially estimated. 
As of December 31, 2015, the fair value of the remaining contingent consideration was $3.2 million, which 
was included in Other accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

In the first quarter of 2015, the  Company finalized its  valuation of Sofica for the  acquisition date assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed. There were no material measurement period adjustments in 2015. 

Other Acquisitions 

WebMetro 

In the third quarter of 2013, as an addition to the Customer Growth Services (“CGS”) segment, the Company 
acquired 100% of WebMetro, a California corporation (“WebMetro”), a digital marketing agency. 

The total purchase price was $17.8 million. 

The  Company  was  obligated  to  make  earn-out  payments  during  2014  and  2015  if WebMetro  achieved 
specified EBITDA targets, as defined by the stock purchase agreement.  The fair value of the contingent 
payments was measured based on significant inputs not observable in the market (Level 3 inputs). Key 
assumptions include a discount rate of 5.3% and expected future value of payments of $2.6 million. The 
$2.6 million of expected future payments was calculated using probability weighted EBITDA assessment 
with the highest probability associated with WebMetro achieving the targeted EBITDA for each earn-out 
year. As of the acquisition date, the fair value of the contingent payments was approximately $2.5 million. 
The first contingent payment of $1.0 million was completed in the second quarter of 2014. During the third 
quarter of 2014, the Company recorded a fair value adjustment to reduce the contingent consideration by 
$1.7 million  based on revised  estimates noting the  achievement of the  EBITDA target  was remote (see 
Note 9). As of December 31, 2014, the fair value of the remaining contingent consideration was zero. 

In the third quarter of 2014, the Company finalized its valuation of WebMetro for the acquisition date assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed. There were no material measurement period adjustments in 2014. 

Financial Impact of Acquired Businesses 

The acquired businesses purchased in 2014 and 2013 noted above contributed revenues of $65.9 million, 
$43.2 million, and $6.4 million, and income from operations of $0.6 million, $5.3 million, and $0.9 million 
inclusive of $4.2 million, $3.3 million, and $0.8 million of acquired intangible amortization, to the Company 
for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

F-16 

 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Investments 

CaféX 

In the first quarter of 2015, the Company invested $9.0 million in CafeX Communications, Inc. (“CaféX”) 
through the purchase of a portion of the Series B Preferred Stock of CaféX. CaféX is a provider of omni-
channel web-based real time communication (WebRTC) solutions that enhance mobile applications and 
websites with in-app video communication and screen share technology to increase customer satisfaction 
and enterprise efficiency.  TeleTech anticipates deploying the CaféX technology as part of the TeleTech 
customer experience offerings within the CMS business segment and as part of its Humanify platform. At 
December 31, 2015, the Company owns 17.2% of the total equity of CaféX. The investment is accounted 
for under the cost method of accounting. The Company evaluates its investments for possible other-than-
temporary impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. The Company tested the investment in CaféX for 
impairment and concluded that the investment was not impaired at December 31, 2015. 

(3) 

SEGMENT INFORMATION 

The Company reports the following four segments: 

 

 

 

 

the CMS segment includes the customer experience delivery solutions which integrate innovative 
technology  with  highly-trained  customer  experience  professionals  to  optimize  the  customer 
experience across all channels and all stages of the customer lifecycle from an onshore, offshore 
or work-from-home environment; 

the  CGS  segment  provides  technology-enabled  sales  and  marketing  solutions  that  support 
revenue  generation  across  the  customer  lifecycle,  including  sales  advisory,  search  engine 
optimization,  digital  demand  generation,  lead  qualification,  and  acquisition  sales,  growth  and 
retention services; 

the CTS segment includes operational and design consulting, systems integration, and cloud and 
on-premise managed services, the requirements needed to design, deliver and maintain best-in-
class multichannel customer engagement platforms; and 

the  CSS  segment  provides  professional  services  in  customer  experience  strategy,  customer 
intelligence analytics, system and operational process optimization, and culture development and 
knowledge management. 

The  Company  allocates  to  each  segment  its  portion  of  corporate  operating  expenses.  All  intercompany 
transactions between the reported segments for the periods presented have been eliminated. 

The following tables present certain financial data by segment (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 2015 

Gross 

  Revenue 

  Intersegment   
Sales 

Net 

  Revenue 

     Depreciation      
& 

 44,633   $ 

  Income from   
  Amortization    Operations    
 58,018  
 3,077  
   13,339  
   15,746  
 90,180  

 6,065  
 9,775  
 3,335  

 63,808   $ 

—   $ 
—  
 (232)  
—  

 913,272   $ 
 129,021  
 157,606  
 86,856  

 (232)   $  1,286,755   $ 

Customer Management Services 
Customer Growth Services 
Customer Technology Services 
Customer Strategy Services 

Total 

  $ 

 913,272   $ 
 129,021  
 157,838  
 86,856  

  $  1,286,987   $ 

F-17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
       
 
      
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Year Ended December 31, 2014 

Gross 

  Revenue 

  Intersegment   
Sales 

Net 

  Revenue 

Customer Management Services 
Customer Growth Services 
Customer Technology Services 
Customer Strategy Services 

Total 

  $ 

 923,497   $ 
 115,434  
 139,218  
 63,668  

  $  1,241,817   $ 

Year Ended December 31, 2013 

     Depreciation     
& 

  Income from   
  Amortization    Operations   
 76,792  
 7,255  
 4,519  
 7,909  
 96,475  

 40,577   $ 
 6,048  
 7,489  
 2,424  
 56,538   $ 

 —   $ 
—  
 (36)  
 —  
 (36)   $  1,241,781   $ 

 923,497   $ 
 115,434  
 139,182  
 63,668  

Gross 

  Revenue 

  Intersegment   
Sales 

Net 

  Revenue 

Customer Management Services 
Customer Growth Services 
Customer Technology Services 
Customer Strategy Services 

  $ 

 892,145   $ 
 100,996  
 152,769  
 49,643  

 (1,262)   $ 
 —  
 (284)  
 (850)  

 890,883   $ 
 100,996  
 152,485  
 48,793  

Total 

  $  1,195,553   $ 

 (2,396)   $  1,193,157   $ 

     Depreciation      
& 

 33,884   $ 

Income from   
  Amortization    Operations    
 75,689  
 3,024  
 19,965  
 2,721  
 101,399  

 4,127  
 6,201  
 1,852  

 46,064   $ 

For the Year Ended December 31,  
2014 

2013 

2015 

Capital Expenditures 

Customer Management Services 
Customer Growth Services 
Customer Technology Services 
Customer Strategy Services 

Total 

Total Assets 

Customer Management Services 
Customer Growth Services 
Customer Technology Services 
Customer Strategy Services 

Total 

Goodwill 

Customer Management Services 
Customer Growth Services 
Customer Technology Services 
Customer Strategy Services 

Total 

   $ 

 56,570   $ 

 4,681  
 4,216  
 1,128  

   $ 

 66,595   $ 

 49,630   $ 

 3,195  
 14,423  
 393  
 67,641   $ 

 40,007  
 3,421  
 6,450  
 486  
 50,364  

2015 

December 31,  
2014 

2013 

 $ 

 512,100    $ 

 75,291  
 159,850  
 96,086  

 $ 

 843,327    $ 

 514,957 
 88,394 
 159,441 
 89,683 
 852,475 

 $ 

 $ 

 554,015  
 86,416  
 157,040  
 44,871  
 842,342  

2015 

December 31,  
2014 

2013 

 $ 

 22,009    $ 
 24,439  
 42,709  
 25,026  

 $ 

 114,183    $ 

 25,871   $ 
 30,395 
 42,709 
 29,730 
 128,705 

 $ 

 19,819  
 30,128  
 42,709  
 10,087  
 102,743  

F-18 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
       
 
      
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
       
 
      
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
     
     
     
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The following tables present certain financial data based upon the geographic location where the services 
are provided (in thousands): 

As of and for the 
Year Ended December 31,  
2014 

2013 

2015 

Revenue 
United States 
Philippines 
Latin America 
Europe / Middle East / Africa 
Asia Pacific 
Canada 
Total 

Property, plant and equipment, gross 
United States 
Philippines 
Latin America 
Europe / Middle East / Africa 
Asia Pacific 
Canada 
Total 

Other long-term assets 
United States 
Philippines 
Latin America 
Europe / Middle East / Africa 
Asia Pacific 
Canada 
Total 

 $ 

 679,959   $ 
 343,013  
 147,267  
 78,182  
 32,554  
 5,780  

 556,239  
 354,942  
 176,906  
 72,644  
 18,489  
 13,937  
 $  1,286,755   $  1,241,781   $  1,193,157  

 603,297   $ 
 348,339  
 172,270  
 83,944  
 28,294  
 5,637  

 $ 

 415,918   $ 
 140,712  
 49,464  
 14,567  
 23,181  
 16,239  

 382,508   $ 
 119,482  
 67,193  
 13,367  
 26,502  
 19,299  

 $ 

 660,081   $ 

 628,351   $ 

 337,311  
 101,123  
 75,618  
 12,311  
 28,195  
 20,941  
 575,499  

 $ 

 34,007   $ 

 5,220  
 1,161  
 811  
 165  
 1,122  

 $ 

 42,486   $ 

 27,728   $ 

 5,202  
 1,456  
 692  
 1,309  
 271  
 36,658   $ 

 34,891  
 4,408  
 5,299  
 311  
 779  
 38  
 45,726  

(4) 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND SIGNIFICANT CLIENTS 

Accounts receivable, net in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consists of the following (in 
thousands): 

Accounts receivable 
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts 

Accounts receivable, net 

December 31, 

2015 

2014 

  $   285,650   $   279,857  
 (3,425)  
  $   283,474   $   276,432  

 (2,176)  

Activity in the Company’s Allowance for doubtful accounts consists of the following (in thousands): 

December 31, 
      2014        2013 

      2015 
  $   3,425   $  3,815   $  3,635  
 695  
 (315)  
 (200)  
  $   2,176   $  3,425   $  3,815  

    1,465  
   (2,035)  
 (679)  

 633  
 (681)  
 (342)  

Balance, beginning of year 

Provision for doubtful accounts 
Uncollectible receivables written-off 
Effect of foreign currency 

Balance, end of year 

F-19 

 
 
 
 
    
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
   
  
 
      
     
     
  
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Significant Clients 

The  Company  had  one  client  that  contributed  in  excess  of  10%  of  total  revenue  in  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. This client operates in the communications industry and is included 
in  the  Customer  Management  Services  segment.  The  revenue  from  this  client  as  a  percentage  of  total 
revenue was as follows: 

      2015 

Year Ended December 31,  
2014 

2013 

Telecommunications client 

 10 %   

 11 %   

 12 % 

Accounts receivable from this client was as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31,  
2014 

2013 

2015 

Telecommunications client 

$ 

 23,953  

$ 

 38,400  

$ 

 24,120  

The loss of one or more of its significant clients could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
business, operating results, or financial condition. The Company does not require collateral from its clients. 
To  limit  the  Company’s  credit  risk,  management  performs  periodic  credit  evaluations  of  its  clients  and 
maintains allowances for uncollectible accounts and may require pre-payment for services. Although the 
Company is impacted by economic conditions in various industry segments, management does not believe 
significant credit risk exists as of December 31, 2015. 

(5) 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands): 

December 31, 

Land and buildings 
Computer equipment and software 
Telephone equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 
Leasehold improvements 
Motor vehicles 
Construction-in-progress and other 

Property, plant and equipment, gross 

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization 

Property, plant and equipment, net 

  $ 

2015 
 38,833   $ 

2014 
 38,833  
    334,127  
 38,925  
 57,411  
    158,844  
 175  
 36  
    628,351  
   (478,139)  
  $   168,289   $   150,212  

    359,581  
 41,035  
 62,606  
    157,788  
 238  
 -  
    660,081  
   (491,792)  

Depreciation and amortization expense for property, plant and equipment was $54.0 million, $46.9 million 
and $38.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Included in the computer equipment and software is internally developed software of $18.4 million net and 
$17.1 million net as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

F-20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

(6) 

GOODWILL 

Goodwill consisted of the following (in thousands): 

     Effect of        

  December 31,    Acquisitions /   

  Foreign 

2014 

  Adjustments    Impairments    Currency   

  December 31,    
2015 

Customer Management Services 
Customer Growth Services 
Customer Technology Services 
Customer Strategy Services 

  $ 

 25,871   $ 
 30,395  
 42,709  
 29,730  

Total 

  $ 

 128,705   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 (3,600)  
 (3,600)   $ 

 (1,769)   $   (2,093)   $ 
 (5,956)  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
    (1,104)  

 (7,725)   $   (3,197)   $ 

 22,009  
 24,439  
 42,709  
 25,026  
 114,183  

     Effect of        

  December 31,    Acquisitions /   

  Foreign 

2013 

  Adjustments    Impairments    Currency   

  December 31,    
2014 

Customer Management Services 
Customer Growth Services 
Customer Technology Services 
Customer Strategy Services 

  $ 

 19,819   $ 
 30,128  
 42,709  
 10,087  

Total 

  $ 

 102,743   $ 

 6,358   $ 
 267  
 —  
 21,210  
 27,835   $ 

 (306)   $ 
—  
 —  
   (1,567)  

—   $ 
—  
—  
—  
—   $   (1,873)   $ 

 25,871  
 30,395  
 42,709  
 29,730  
 128,705  

The adjustment recorded during 2015 relates to the finalization of the purchase price valuation for the 
rogenSi acquisition which resulted in a decrease in the goodwill balance. See Note 2 for further 
information. 

Impairment 

The Company has eleven reporting units with goodwill and performs a goodwill impairment test on at least 
an annual basis. The Company conducts its annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter, or 
more frequently, if indicators of impairment exist.  

The Company concluded that goodwill for all reporting units was not impaired at December 1, 2014. While 
no impairment indicators were identified, due to the small margin of fair value in excess of carrying value 
for two reporting units, Revana (approximately 6%) and WebMetro (approximately 11%) both of which are 
a  part  of  the  CGS  segment,  these  reporting  units  remain  at  considerable  risk  for  future  impairment  if 
projected operating results are not met or other inputs into the fair value measurement change. 

At  September  30,  2015,  the  Company  updated  its  quantitative  assessment  of  these  reporting  units  fair 
value  using  an  income  based  approach.  The  determination  of  fair  value  requires  significant  judgments 
including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-
term growth rates for the businesses, the useful lives over which the cash flows will occur and determination 
of appropriate discount rates (based in part on the Company’s weighted average cost of capital). Changes 
in  these  estimates  and  assumptions  could  materially  affect  the  determination  of  fair  value  and/or 
conclusions on goodwill impairment for each reporting unit. As of September 30, 2015, the updated fair 
value for Revana is in excess of its carrying value (approximately 23%) and no further analysis is required.  

At  September  30,  2015,  the  updated  fair  value  for  WebMetro  was  below  the  carrying  value  which 
necessitated an interim impairment analysis. The Company tested all of the assets of this reporting unit for 
impairment. 

Definite-lived long-lived assets consisted of fixed assets, internally developed software, and an intangible 
asset related  to the WebMetro customer relationships. The Company  determined that the undiscounted 
future cash flows would be sufficient to cover the net book value of all definite-lived long-lived assets. 

F-21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

For the goodwill impairment analysis, the Company calculated the fair value of the WebMetro reporting unit 
and compared that to the updated carrying value and determined that the fair value was not in excess of 
its carrying value. Key assumptions used in the fair value calculation for goodwill impairment testing include, 
but are not limited to, a compounded annual revenue growth rate of 20% for years 2016 through 2019, a 
perpetuity growth rate of 4.0% based on the current inflation rate combined with the GDP growth rate for 
the reporting unit’s geographical region and a discount rate of 17.0%, which is equal to the reporting unit’s 
equity  risk premium adjusted for its size  and company  specific risk factors. Estimated future cash flows 
under the income approach were based on the Company’s internal business plan adjusted as appropriate 
for  the  Company’s  view  of  market  participant  assumptions.  The  current  business  plan  assumes  the 
occurrence of certain events, including increased revenue growth for the next several  years. Significant 
differences in the outcome of some or all of these assumptions may impact the calculated fair value of this 
reporting unit resulting in a different outcome to goodwill impairment in a future period. 

Since the fair value of the reporting unit was not in excess of its carrying value, the Company calculated 
the implied fair value of goodwill  and compared that  value to the carrying  value  of goodwill. Implied fair 
value of goodwill is equal to the excess of the reporting unit’s fair value over the amounts assigned to its 
net identifiable assets and liabilities. Upon completing this assessment, the Company determined that the 
implied fair value of goodwill was below the carrying value and thus a $3.1 million impairment was recorded 
in the three months ended September 30, 2015, and was included in Impairment losses in the Consolidated 
Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

For the annual goodwill impairment analysis, the Company elected to perform a Step 1 evaluation for all of 
its reporting units, which includes comparing a reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying value. The 
determination of fair value requires significant judgments including estimation of future cash flows, which is 
dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the  long-term growth rates for the businesses, the  useful 
lives over which the cash flows will occur and determination of appropriate discount rates (based in part on 
the  Company’s  weighted  average  cost  of  capital).  Changes  in  these  estimates  and  assumptions  could 
materially affect the determination of fair value and/or conclusions on goodwill impairment for each reporting 
unit. As of December 1, 2015, the date of the annual impairment testing, the Company concluded that for 
nine of the reporting units the fair values were in excess of their respective carrying values and the goodwill 
for those reporting units was not impaired. 

The process of evaluating the fair value of the reporting units is highly subjective and requires significant 
judgment and estimates as the reporting units operate in a number of markets and geographical regions. 
We used an income approach to determine our best estimates of fair value which incorporated the following 
significant assumptions: 

  Revenue  projections,  including  revenue  growth  during  the  forecast  periods  ranging  from  3%  to 

20%; 

  EBITDA margin projections held relatively flat over the forecast periods ranging from 10% to 20%; 
  Estimated income tax rates of 10% to 40%; 
  Estimated capital expenditures ranging from $0.1 million to $30 million; and 
  Discount rates ranging from 11.6% to 15.8% based on various inputs, including the risks associated 
with  the  specific  reporting  units,  the  country  of  operations  as  well  as  their  revenue  growth  and 
EBITDA margin assumptions. 

As of December 1, 2015, during the annual goodwill impairment analysis the Company determined that for 
the WebMetro reporting unit there was an error in the discounted cash flow analysis regarding the inclusion 
of amortization of the intangible assets into future years including the perpetuity income calculation. When 
this error was corrected, the WebMetro fair value was below the carrying value including the impairment 
recorded  as  of  September  30,  2015.  The  Company  determined  the  error  occurred  in  past  periods  and 
recalculated the adjusted fair value as of December 1, 2014. Based on this analysis, the fair value  was 
below the carrying value as of December 1, 2014 and a Step 2 impairment analysis was completed. The 
Company completed the goodwill analysis based on the key assumptions that were used as of December 
1, 2014.  

F-22 

 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Since the fair value of the reporting unit was not in excess of its carrying value, the Company calculated 
the implied fair value of goodwill and compared that value to the carrying value of goodwill. Upon completing 
this assessment, the Company determined that the implied fair value of goodwill was below the carrying 
value and thus a $2.3 million impairment should have been recorded as of December 1, 2014. Based on 
these revisions, the third quarter 2015 assessment was also adjusted and additional $0.6 million impairment 
should have been recorded as of September 30, 2015. These impairments were recorded in the current 
year  in  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2015,  and  were  included  in  Impairment  losses  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). As of December 31, 2015, the entire goodwill 
balance for WebMetro has now been impaired 

As of December 1, 2015, the updated fair value for the Latin America reporting unit was below the carrying 
value which necessitated an impairment analysis.  The Company tested all of the assets of this reporting 
unit for impairment. 

Definite-lived  long-lived  assets  consisted  of  fixed  assets  and  an  intangible  asset  related  to  customer 
relationships. The Company determined that the undiscounted future cash flows would be sufficient to cover 
the net book value of all definite-lived long-lived assets 

For the goodwill impairment analysis, the Company calculated the fair value of the Latin America reporting 
unit and compared that to the updated carrying value and determined that the fair value was not in excess 
of  its  carrying  value.  Key  assumptions  used  in  the  fair  value  calculation  for  goodwill  impairment  testing 
include, but are not limited to, a compounded annual revenue growth rate of negative 22% for 2016 followed 
by  6%  for  years  2017  through  2020,  a  perpetuity  growth  rate  of  4%  based  on  the  current  inflation  rate 
combined  with  the  GDP  growth  rate  for  the  reporting  unit’s  geographical  region  and  a  discount  rate  of 
15.8%, which is equal to the reporting unit’s equity risk premium adjusted for its size, country and company 
specific risk factors. Estimated future cash flows under the income approach were based on the Company’s 
internal business plan adjusted as appropriate for the Company’s view of market participant assumptions.  

Since the fair value of the Latin America reporting unit was not in excess of its carrying value, the 
Company calculated the implied fair value of goodwill and compared that value to the carrying value of 
goodwill. Upon completing this assessment, the Company determined that the implied fair value of 
goodwill was below the carrying value and the entire goodwill balance of $1.8 million was impaired and 
recorded in the three months ended December 31, 2015, and included in Impairment losses in the 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

(7) 

OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Other intangible assets which are included in Other long-term assets in the accompanying Consolidated 
Balance Sheets consisted of the following (in thousands): 

     Acquisitions       Effect of         

Customer relationships, gross 
Customer relationships - accumulated 

amortization 

Other intangible assets, gross 
Other intangible assets - accumulated 

amortization 

Trade name - indefinite life 

Other intangible assets, net 

  $ 

  December 31,     
2014 
 63,914   $ 

  $ 

  Foreign 
  Amortization    Adjustments    Currency 

and 

 —    $ 

 (2,982)    $   1,325   $ 

  December 31,    
2015 
 62,257  

    (20,326)  
 13,113  

    (7,401)   
 —   

 —   
 986   

  (2,453)  
 (349)  

    (30,180)  
 13,750  

 (6,509)  
 9,713  
 59,905   $ 

    (2,345)   
 —   
 (9,746)   $ 

 —   
   5,544   

 99  
  (1,114)  

 3,548   $  (2,492)   $ 

 (8,755)  
 14,143  
 51,215  

F-23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
      
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

     Effect of        

Customer relationships, gross 
Customer relationships - accumulated 

amortization 

Other intangible assets, gross 
Other intangible assets - accumulated 

amortization 

Trade name - indefinite life 

  December 31,   
2013 
 50,830   $ 

  $ 

  Amortization    Acquisitions    Currency   

—   $ 

 14,115   $  (1,031)   $ 

  Foreign 

  December 31,   
2014 
 63,914  

 (13,547)  
 11,634  

 (6,779)  
—  

—  
 1,607  

 —  
 (128)  

 (3,818)  
 9,713  

 (2,691)  
 —  
 (9,470)   $ 

—  
—  

—  
—  

 15,722   $  (1,159)   $ 

 (20,326)  
 13,113  

 (6,509)  
 9,713  
 59,905  

Other intangible assets, net 

  $ 

 54,812   $ 

The  adjustments  recorded  during  2015  relate  to  the  finalization  of  the  purchase  price  valuation  for  the 
rogenSi  acquisition  which  resulted  in  an  increase  to  the  trade  name  and  decrease  in  the  customer 
relationships intangible assets. See Note 2 for further information. 

Customer relationships are being amortized over the remaining weighted average useful life of 4.7 years 
and  other  intangible  assets  are  being  amortized  over  the  remaining  weighted  average  useful  life  of  2.4 
years. Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $9.7 million, $9.6 million and $7.2 million for 
the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Expected future amortization of other intangible assets as of December 31, 2015 is as follows 
(in thousands): 

2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
Thereafter 
Total 

      $ 

 9,648 
 7,900 
 5,987 
 5,495 
 3,263 
 4,779 
$  37,072 

In connection with the reorganization of the CSS segment an interim impairment analysis was completed 
during the second quarter of 2013. The indefinite-lived intangible asset evaluated for impairment consisted 
of the PRG trade name. The Company calculated the fair value of the trade name using a relief from royalty 
method based on forecasted revenues sold under the trade name using significant inputs not observable 
in the market (Level 3  inputs). The valuation assumptions included  an estimated  royalty rate  of 6.0%, a 
discount  rate  specific  to  the  trade  name  of  38.0%  and  a  perpetuity  growth  rate  of  7.0%.  Based  on  the 
calculated fair value of $5.3 million, the Company recorded impairment expense of $1.1 million in the three 
months  ended  June 30,  2013.  The  Company  reevaluated  the  PRG  trade  name  for  impairment  as  of 
December 31, 2013. The Company used the same method to fair value the PRG trade name and similar 
inputs described above. The forecasted revenues used to fair value the PRG trade name changed resulting 
in  a  fair  value  of  $5.7  million.  This  fair  value  was  approximately  7%  higher  than  the  book  value  of  $5.3 
million. As a result, the Company continues to evaluate the PRG trade name for impairment. 

Definite-lived  long-lived  assets  consisted  of  fixed  assets  and  an  intangible  asset  related  to  the  PRG 
customer  relationships.  The  Company  determined  that  the  undiscounted  future  cash  flows  would  be 
sufficient  to  cover  the  net  book  value  of  all  definite-lived  long-lived  assets  upon  reorganization  of  the 
Customer Strategy Services segment and as of December 31, 2013. 

F-24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
     
 
       
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

(8) 

DERIVATIVES 

Cash Flow Hedges 

The  Company  enters  into  foreign  exchange  and  interest  rate  related  derivatives.  Foreign  exchange 
derivatives  entered  into  consist  of  forward  and  option  contracts  to  reduce  the  Company’s  exposure  to 
foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations that are associated with forecasted revenue earned in foreign 
locations.  Interest  rate  derivatives  consist  of  interest  rate  swaps  to  reduce  the  Company’s  exposure  to 
interest rate fluctuations associated with its variable rate debt. Upon proper qualification, these contracts 
are designated as cash flow hedges. It is the Company’s policy to only enter into derivative contracts with 
investment grade counterparty financial institutions, and correspondingly, the fair value of derivative assets 
consider, among other factors, the creditworthiness of these counterparties. Conversely, the fair value of 
derivative liabilities reflects the Company’s creditworthiness. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had 
not experienced, nor does it anticipate, any issues related to derivative counterparty defaults. The following 
table summarizes the aggregate unrealized net gain or loss in Accumulated other comprehensive income 
(loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands and net of tax): 

Year Ended December 31,  
2014 

2013 

2015 

Aggregate unrealized net gain/(loss) at beginning of period 
Add: Net gain/(loss) from change in fair value of cash flow hedges 
Less: Net (gain)/loss reclassified to earnings from effective hedges 
Aggregate unrealized net gain/(loss) at end of period 

    $ 

    $ 

 (18,345)   $ 
 (16,349)  
 7,809  
 (26,885)   $ 

 (8,352)   $ 

 (12,121)  
 2,128  
 (18,345)   $ 

 9,559  
 (13,721)  
 (4,190)  
 (8,352)  

The Company’s foreign exchange cash flow hedging instruments as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are 
summarized as follows (in thousands). All hedging instruments are forward contracts. 

As of December 31, 2015 

Philippine Peso 
Mexican Peso 

Local 

  Currency 
  Notional 
Amount 
 16,362,000  
 2,637,000  

  U.S. Dollar 

Notional 
Amount 

  % Maturing 
in the next 
  12 months 

 361,571 (1)     
 173,124  
 534,695  

 45.4 %    
 28.7 %    

   $ 

Contracts 
Maturing 
Through 
October 2020 
October 2020 

As of December 31, 2014 

Canadian Dollar 
Philippine Peso 
Mexican Peso 
New Zealand Dollar 

Local 

  Currency 
Notional 
Amount 

  U.S. Dollar 

Notional 
Amount 

 1,500   $ 

 17,428,000  
 2,532,000  
 490  

   $ 

 1,441  
 398,046  (1)     
 179,089   
 381  
 578,957   

(1) 

Includes contracts to purchase Philippine pesos in exchange for New Zealand dollars and Australian 
dollars, which are translated into equivalent U.S. dollars on December 31, 2015 and December 31, 
2014. 

F-25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
 
       
 
       
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
  
         
  
   
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Company’s interest rate swap arrangements as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows: 

Contract 

      Contract    

Swap 1 
Swap 2 

Fair Value Hedges 

Notional 
Amount 

Variable Rate 
Received 

  $ 25 million    1 - month LIBOR   
  15 million    1 - month LIBOR   

  Fixed Rate 
Paid 
 2.55 %    April 2012 
 3.14 %    May 2012 

Date 

Date 
  April 2016  
  May 2017  

  Commencement    Maturity 

  $ 40 million  

The  Company  enters  into  foreign  exchange  forward  contracts  to  economically  hedge  against  foreign 
currency  exchange  gains  and  losses  on  certain  receivables  and  payables  of  the  Company’s  foreign 
operations.  Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  derivative  instruments  designated  as  fair  value  hedges  are 
recognized  in  earnings  in  Other  income  (expense),  net.  As  of  December 31,  2015  and  2014,  the  total 
notional  amount  of  the  Company’s  forward  contracts  used  as  fair  value  hedges  was  $241.0 million  and 
$242.5 million, respectively. 

Derivative Valuation and Settlements 

The Company’s derivatives as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows (in thousands): 

December 31, 2015 

Designation: 

Derivative contract type: 
Derivative classification: 

Fair value and location of derivative in the Consolidated Balance 

Sheet: 

Prepaids and other current assets 
Other long-term assets 
Other current liabilities 
Other long-term liabilities 

Total fair value of derivatives, net 

Designation: 

Derivative contract type: 
Derivative classification: 

Designated 
as Hedging 
Instruments 

      Foreign 

  Exchange 
  Cash Flow    Cash Flow   

Interest 
Rate 

  Not Designated   
as Hedging 
Instruments 
Foreign 
Exchange 
Fair Value 

  $ 

 39   $ 
 66  
 (20,088)  
 (25,739)  
  $   (45,722)   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 (549)  
 (102)  
 (651)   $ 

 2,489  
 —  
 (116)  
 —  
 2,373  

December 31, 2014 

Designated 
as Hedging 
Instruments 

      Foreign 

  Exchange 
  Cash Flow    Cash Flow   

Interest 
Rate 

  Not Designated   
as Hedging 
Instruments 
Foreign 
Exchange 
Fair Value 

Fair value and location of derivative in the Consolidated Balance 

Sheet: 

Prepaids and other current assets 
Other long-term assets 
Other current liabilities 
Other long-term liabilities 

Total fair value of derivatives, net 

  $ 

 192   $ 
 389  
 (12,680)  
 (17,070)  
  $   (29,169)   $ 

—   $ 
—  
 (988)  
 (452)  
 (1,440)   $ 

 797  
—  
 (5)  
—  
 792  

F-26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The effect of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for 
the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows (in thousands): 

Designation: 

Derivative contract type: 
Derivative classification: 

Amount of gain or (loss) recognized in Other 

comprehensive income (loss) - effective portion, net of 
tax 

Amount and location of net gain or (loss) reclassified from 

Accumulated OCI to income - effective portion: 

Year Ended December 31,  

2015 

2014 

  Designated as Hedging    Designated as Hedging   

Instruments 

Instruments 

      Foreign 

      Interest        Foreign 

  Exchange 
   Cash Flow     Cash Flow     Cash Flow     Cash Flow  

  Exchange 

Rate 

      Interest    
Rate 

  $ 

 (7,198)   $ 

 (611)   $   (11,926)   $ 

 (195)  

Revenue 
Interest expense 

  $   (12,410)   $ 

—   $ 

—  

 (1,053)  

 (2,429)   $ 
—  

—  
 (1,060)  

Designation: 
Derivative contract type: 

Derivative classification: 

 Not Designated as Hedging Instruments  Not Designated as Hedging Instruments   

Foreign Exchange 

Foreign Exchange 

Forward 
Contracts 

Fair Value 

Forward 
Contracts 

Fair Value 

Year Ended December 31,  

2015 

2014 

Amount and location of net gain or 

(loss) recognized in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income 
(Loss): 

Cost of services 
Other income (expense), net 

 $ 

(9) 

FAIR VALUE 

 —  
 —  

$ 

 —  $ 

 (6,127)  

$ 

—  
—  

—  
 (386)  

The authoritative guidance for fair value measurements establishes a three-level fair value hierarchy that 
prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. This hierarchy requires that the Company maximize the 
use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to 
measure fair value are as follows: 

Level 1  
—  

Level 2  
—  

Level 3  
—  

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices 
for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, similar assets and liabilities in markets 
that are not active or can be corroborated by observable market data. 

Unobservable  inputs  that  are  supported  by  little  or  no  market  activity  and  that  are 
significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, 
discounted  cash  flow  methodologies  and  similar  techniques  that  use  significant 
unobservable inputs. 

The  following  presents  information  as  of  December 31,  2015  and  2014  of  the  Company’s  assets  and 
liabilities required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as the fair value hierarchy used 
to determine their fair value. 

Accounts  Receivable  and  Payable  -  The  amounts  recorded  in  the  accompanying  balance  sheets 
approximate fair value because of their short-term nature. 

F-27 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Investments – The Company measures investments, including cost and equity method investments, at fair 
value on a nonrecurring basis when they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. The fair values 
of these investments are determined based on valuation techniques using the best information available, 
and may include market observable inputs, and discounted cash flow projections. An impairment charge is 
recorded when the cost of the investment exceeds its fair value and this condition is determined to be other-
than-temporary. As of December 31, 2015, the investment is recorded at $9.0 million which approximates 
fair value. 

Debt - The Company’s debt consists primarily of the Company’s Credit Agreement, which permits floating-
rate borrowings based upon the current Prime Rate or LIBOR plus a credit spread as determined by the 
Company’s leverage ratio calculation (as defined in the Credit Agreement). As of December 31, 2015 and 
2014, the Company had $100.0 million and $100.0 million, respectively, of borrowings outstanding under 
the Credit Agreement. During 2015 and 2014, borrowings accrued interest at an average rate of 1.2% and 
1.2%  per  annum,  respectively,  excluding  unused  commitment  fees.  The  amounts  recorded  in  the 
accompanying Balance Sheets approximate fair value due to the variable nature of the debt based on level 
2 inputs. 

Derivatives - Net derivative assets (liabilities) are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The portfolio 
is  valued  using  models  based  on  market  observable  inputs,  including  both  forward  and  spot  foreign 
exchange rates, interest rates, implied volatility, and counterparty credit risk, including the ability of each 
party to execute its obligations under the contract. As of December 31, 2015, credit risk did not materially 
change the fair value of the Company’s derivative contracts. 

The  following  is  a  summary  of  the  Company’s  fair  value  measurements  for  its  net  derivative  assets 
(liabilities) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 2015 

Fair Value Measurements Using 

     Quoted Prices in      Significant        

  Active Markets 
for Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1) 

Other 

  Significant 

  Observable    Unobservable   

Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Cash flow hedges 
Interest rate swaps 
Fair value hedges 

  $ 

Total net derivative asset (liability) 

  $ 

—   $ 
—  
—  
—   $ 

 (45,722)   $ 
 (651)  
 2,373  
 (44,000)   $ 

As of December 31, 2014  

Fair Value Measurements Using 

     Quoted Prices in      Significant        

  Active Markets 
for Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1) 

Other 

  Significant 

  Observable    Unobservable   

Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Inputs 
(Level 3) 

  At Fair Value   
 (45,722)  
 (651)  
 2,373  
 (44,000)  

—   $ 
—  
—  
—   $ 

  At Fair Value   
 (29,169)  
 (1,440)  
 792  
 (29,817)  

—   $ 
—  
—  
—   $ 

Cash flow hedges 
Interest rate swaps 
Fair value hedges 

  $ 

Total net derivative asset (liability) 

  $ 

—   $ 
—  
—  
—   $ 

 (29,169)   $ 

 (1,440)  
 792  
 (29,817)   $ 

F-28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
          
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
          
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The following is a summary of the Company’s fair value measurements as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 
(in thousands): 

As of December 31, 2015 

Fair Value Measurements Using 

     Quoted Prices in      

  Active Markets for    Significant Other 

Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

  Observable Inputs   
(Level 2) 

      Significant    
  Unobservable   
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Assets 

Derivative instruments, net 

Total assets 

Liabilities 

Deferred compensation plan liability 
Derivative instruments, net 
Contingent consideration 

Total liabilities 

As of December 31, 2014  

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

—   $ 
—   $ 

—   $ 
—  
—  
 —   $ 

—   $ 
—   $ 

—  
—  

 (9,821)   $ 

 (44,000)  
 —  
 (53,821)   $ 

—  
—  
 (13,450)  
 (13,450)  

Fair Value Measurements Using 

     Quoted Prices in      

  Active Markets for    Significant Other 

Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

  Observable Inputs   
(Level 2) 

      Significant    
  Unobservable   
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Assets 

Derivative instruments, net 

Total assets 

Liabilities 

Deferred compensation plan liability 
Derivative instruments, net 
Contingent consideration 

Total liabilities 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

—   $ 
—   $ 

—   $ 
—  
—  
 —   $ 

—   $ 
—   $ 

—  
—  

 (8,478)   $ 

 (29,817)  
—  
 (38,295)   $ 

—  
—  
 (24,744)  
 (24,744)  

Deferred  Compensation  Plan  -  The  Company  maintains  a  non-qualified  deferred  compensation  plan 
structured as a Rabbi trust for certain eligible employees. Participants in the deferred compensation plan 
select from a menu of phantom investment options for their deferral dollars offered by the Company each 
year, which are based upon changes in value of complementary, defined market investments. The deferred 
compensation  liability  represents  the  combined  values  of  market  investments  against  which  participant 
accounts are tracked. 

Contingent Consideration — The Company recorded contingent consideration related to the acquisitions 
of iKnowtion, Guidon, TSG, WebMetro, Sofica and rogenSi. These contingent payables were recognized 
at  fair  value  using  a  discounted  cash  flow  approach  and  a  discount  rate  of  21.0%,  21.0%,  4.6%,  5.3%, 
5.0%, or 4.6%, respectively. The discount rates vary dependent on the specific risks of each acquisition 
including  the  country  of  operation,  the  nature  of  services  and  complexity  of  the  acquired  business,  and 
other factors. These measurements were  based  on significant  inputs not  observable in the market. The 
Company will accrete interest expense each period using the effective interest method until the future value 
of these contingent payables reaches their expected future value of $13.8 million. Interest expense related 
to  all  recorded  contingent  payables  is  included  in  Interest  expense  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

F-29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

During  the  second  and  fourth  quarters  of  2014,  the  Company  recorded  fair  value  adjustments  of  the 
contingent consideration associated with the TSG reporting unit within the CTS segment based on revised 
estimates  noting  achievement  of  the  targeted  2014  and  2015  EBITDA  was  remote.  Accordingly,  a  $4.0 
million and  $3.9 million, respectively, reductions in the payable  were recorded as of June 30,  2014 and 
December 31,  2014  and  were  included  in  Other  income  (expense)  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

During the third and fourth quarters of 2014, the Company recorded fair value adjustments of the contingent 
consideration associated with the Sofica reporting unit within the  CMS segment of $1.8 million and $0.6 
million, respectively, as the Company’s revised estimates reflected Sofica exceeding its EBITDA targets for 
both 2014 and 2015. Accordingly, the $1.8 million and $0.6 million increases in the payable were recorded 
as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2014 and were included in Other income (expense) in the 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

During  the  third  quarter  of  2014,  the  Company  recorded  a  fair  value  adjustment  of  the  contingent 
consideration  associated  with  the  WebMetro  reporting  unit  within  the  CGS  segment  based  on  revised 
estimates  noting  achievement  of  the  targeted  2014  EBITDA  was  remote.  Accordingly,  a  $1.7  million 
reduction  in  the  payable  was  recorded  as  of  September 30,  2014  and  was  included  in  Other  income 
(expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014  and  the  third  quarter  of  2015,  the  Company  recorded  fair  value 
adjustments  of  the  contingent  consideration  associated  with  the  rogenSi  reporting  unit  within  the  CSS 
segment based on revised estimates reflecting rogenSi exceeding its EBITDA targets for 2014 and 2015. 
Accordingly a $0.5 million and a $0.8 million increase in the payable were recorded as of December 31, 
2014  and  September  30,  2015,  respectively,  and  were  included  in  Other  income  (expense)  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

During  the  second  quarter  of  2015,  the  Company  recorded  a  fair  value  adjustment  of  the  contingent 
consideration associated with the Sofica reporting unit within the CMS segment based on revised estimates 
reflecting Sofica earnings will be lower than anticipated for 2015. Accordingly a $0.5 million decrease in the 
payable  was  recorded  as  of  September  30,  2015  and  was  included  in  Other  income  (expense)  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015,  the  Company  recorded  a  fair  value  adjustment  of  the  contingent 
consideration  associated  with  the  rogenSi  reporting  unit  within  the  CSS  segment  based  on  revised 
estimates  reflecting  rogenSi  earnings  will  be  lower  than  anticipated  for  2015.  Accordingly  a  $0.3  million 
decrease  in  the  payable  was  recorded  as  of  December  31,  2015  and  was  included  in  Other  income 
(expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

A  rollforward  of  the  activity  in  the  Company’s  fair  value  of  the  contingent  consideration  is  as  follows 
(in thousands): 

  December 31,   
2014 

  Acquisitions    Payments    Adjustments   

Imputed 
Interest / 

  December 31,   
2015 

iKnowtion 
Guidon 
TSG 
WebMetro 
Sofica 
rogenSi 
Total 

  $ 

  $ 

 2,265   $ 
 1,000  
—  
—  
 6,317  
 15,162  
 24,744   $ 

—   $   (1,800)   $ 
—  
—  
—  
 —  
 —  
 —   $  (12,010)   $ 

 (1,000)  
 —  
 —  
 (2,838)  
 (6,372)  

 35   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 (326)  
 1,007  

 716   $ 

 500  
 —  
—  
—  
 3,153  
 9,797  
 13,450  

F-30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
       
 
      
 
     
       
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

  December 31,   
2013 

  Acquisitions    Payments    Adjustments   

Imputed 
Interest / 

  December 31,    
2014 

iKnowtion 
Guidon 
TSG 
WebMetro 
Sofica 
rogenSi 
Total 

  $ 

  $ 

 3,470   $ 
 2,637  
 12,933  
 2,708  
 —  
 —  
 21,748   $ 

—   $   (1,400)   $ 
    (1,426)  
—  
    (5,292)  
—  
   (1,026)  
 —  
 —  
 3,830  
 14,543  
 —  
 18,373   $   (9,144)   $ 

 195   $ 
 (211)  
 (7,641)  
 (1,682)  
 2,487  
 619  
 (6,233)   $ 

 2,265  
 1,000  
 —  
 —  
 6,317  
 15,162  
 24,744  

(10) 

INCOME TAXES 

The sources of pre-tax operating income are as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 

Domestic 
Foreign 
Total 

      2015 
      2014 
  $   25,402   $   20,569   $  10,816  
   81,253  
  $   85,889   $  100,459   $  92,069  

      2013 

 79,890  

 60,487  

The components of the Company’s Provision for (benefit from) income taxes are as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
      2013 

      2014 

      2015 

  $   4,094   $ 
 1,829  
 4,764  
    10,687  

 (699)   $ 
 270  
    13,957  
    13,528  

 (320)  
 150  
   13,876  
   13,706  

    (1,895)  
 1,085  
    10,127  
 9,317  

 4,674  
 195  
 2,023  
 6,892  
  $  20,004   $  23,042   $  20,598  

    10,148  
 423  
    (1,057)  
 9,514  

Current provision for (benefit from) 

Federal 
State 
Foreign 

Total current provision for (benefit from) 

Deferred provision for (benefit from) 

Federal 
State 
Foreign 

Total deferred provision for (benefit from) 
Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes 

F-31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
     
       
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The following reconciles the Company’s effective tax rate to the federal statutory rate (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 

Income tax per U.S. federal statutory rate (35%) 
State income taxes, net of federal deduction 
Change in valuation allowances 
Foreign income taxes at different rates than the U.S. 
Foreign withholding taxes 
Losses in international markets without tax benefits 
Nondeductible compensation under Section 162(m) 
Liabilities for uncertain tax positions 
Permanent difference related to foreign exchange gains 
(Income) losses of foreign branch operations 
Non-taxable earnings of noncontrolling interest 
Foreign dividend less foreign tax credits 
Increase in deferred tax liability - branch losses in UK 
Decrease (increase) to deferred tax asset - change in tax rate 
State income tax credits and net operating losses 
Foreign earnings taxed currently in U.S. 
Other 

Income tax per effective tax rate 

      2013 

      2014 

      2015 
  $   30,062   $   35,161   $   32,224  
 210  
 3,266  
    (20,529)  
 2,504  
 779  
 1,847  
 77  
 (122)  
 1,447  
 (1,172)  
 (2,587)  
 (954)  
 (68)  
 615  
 2,907  
 154  
  $   20,004   $   23,042   $   20,598  

 1,525  
 256  
    (17,824)  
 257  
 1,649  
 817  
 1,435  
 (11)  
 225  
 (1,141)  
 (1,428)  
 (75)  
 (443)  
 (142)  
 2,696  
 85  

 1,603  
 3,923  
    (14,490)  
 958  
 1,999  
 512  
 1,756  
 162  
 (517)  
 (1,349)  
 (4,425)  
 (2,530)  
 (526)  
 (1,477)  
 2,839  
 1,504  

The Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows (in thousands): 

Deferred tax assets, gross 

Accrued workers compensation, deferred compensation and employee 
benefits 
Allowance for doubtful accounts, insurance and other accruals 
Amortization of deferred rent liabilities 
Net operating losses 
Equity compensation 
Customer acquisition and deferred revenue accruals 
Federal and state tax credits, net 
Depreciation and amortization 
Unrealized losses on derivatives 
Other 

Total deferred tax assets, gross 

Valuation allowances 

Total deferred tax assets, net 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Depreciation and amortization 
Contract acquisition costs 
Future losses in UK 
Intangible assets 
Other 

Total deferred tax liabilities 
Net deferred tax assets 

  Year Ended December 31,    

2015 

2014 

  $   10,509   $   17,030  
 4,554  
 2,201  
    11,296  
 2,997  
    16,241  
    10,621  
 —  
    11,686  
    12,749  
    89,375  
   (10,721)  
    78,654  

 4,860  
 2,500  
    19,522  
 3,505  
    16,610  
    10,057  
 6,265  
    16,644  
 2,655  
    93,127  
   (10,139)  
    82,988  

 —  
   (25,667)  
 —  
 (6,082)  
 (2,490)  
   (34,239)  

 (7,035)  
   (11,768)  
 (2,530)  
 (7,628)  
 (355)  
   (29,316)  
  $   48,749   $   49,338  

Quarterly,  the  Company  assesses  the  likelihood  by  jurisdiction  that  its  net  deferred  tax  assets  will  be 
recovered. Based on the weight of all available evidence, both positive and negative, the Company records 
a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that a future tax benefit 
will not be realized. 

F-32 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

As of December 31, 2015 the Company had approximately $40.4 million of net deferred tax assets in the 
U.S. and  $8.4 million  of  net  deferred  tax  assets  related  to  certain  international  locations  whose 
recoverability  is  dependent  upon  their  future  profitability.  As  of  December 31,  2015  the  deferred  tax 
valuation  allowance  was  $10.1 million  and  related  primarily  to  tax  losses  in  foreign  jurisdictions  and 
U.S. federal  and  state  tax  credits  which  do  not  meet  the  “more-likely-than-not”  standard  under  current 
accounting guidance. The utilization of these federal and state tax credits are subject to numerous factors 
including various expiration dates, generation of future taxable income over extended periods of time and 
state income tax apportionment factors which are subject to change. 

During November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, “Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes”, 
which simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes. This ASU requires that deferred tax assets and 
liabilities be classified as non-current in a statement of financial position. The Company early adopted ASU 
2015-17  effective  December  31,  2015  on  a  prospective  basis.  Adoption  of  this  ASU  resulted  in  a 
reclassification of the Company’s net current deferred tax asset to the net non-current deferred tax asset in 
its Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2015. No prior periods were retrospectively adjusted. 

When there is a change in judgment concerning the recovery of deferred tax assets in future periods, a 
valuation allowance is recorded into earnings during the quarter in which the change in judgment occurred. 
In  2015,  the  Company  made  adjustments  to  its  deferred  tax  assets  and  corresponding  valuation 
allowances. The net change to the valuation allowance consisted of the following: a $2.9 million decrease 
in certain state credits and NOLs that are now expected  to be utilized prior  to  expiration, a  $4.3 million 
increase  in  valuation  allowance  in  Belgium,  Canada,  Costa  Rica,  Israel,  Macedonia,  New  Zealand  and 
United Kingdom for deferred tax assets that do not meet the “more-likely-than-not” standard, and a $1.8 
million release of valuation allowance in various other jurisdictions related to the utilization or write-off of 
deferred tax assets. 

Activity in the Company’s valuation allowance accounts consists of the following (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 

Beginning balance 
Additions of deferred income tax expense 
Reductions of deferred income tax expense 

Ending balance 

      2013 

      2014 

      2015 
  $  10,721   $   10,792   $   20,909  
 4,218  
   (14,335)  
  $  10,139   $   10,721   $   10,792  

 4,300  
    (4,882)  

 946  
 (1,017)  

As of December 31, 2015,  after consideration  of all tax loss and tax credit carry  back opportunities, the 
Company had tax affected tax loss carry forwards worldwide expiring as follows (in thousands): 

2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
After 2019 
No expiration 
Total 

      $ 

 1,616 
 133 
 316 
 295 
   12,688 
 4,473 
$   19,521 

As of December 31, 2015, domestically, the Company had federal tax credit carry forwards in the amount 
of $1.6 million that if unused will expire in 2021, $2.2 million that if unused will expire in 2022, $2.2 million 
that  if  unused  will  expire  in  2023,  $0.9  million  that  if  unused  will  expire  in  2024,  and  $1.7  million  that  if 
unused  will  expire  in  2025.  The  Company  also  had  state  tax  credit  carry-forwards  of  $0.3  million  that  if 
unused will expire between 2016 and 2023. 

F-33 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

As  of  December 31,  2015  the  cumulative  amount  of  foreign  earnings  considered  permanently  invested 
outside the U.S. was $493.4 million. Those earnings do not include earnings from certain subsidiaries which 
the Company intends to repatriate to the U.S. or are otherwise considered available for distribution to the 
U.S. Accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal or state income taxes or foreign withholding taxes has been 
provided on these undistributed earnings. If these earnings become taxable in the U.S, the Company would 
be subject to incremental tax expense, after any applicable foreign tax credit, and foreign withholding tax 
expense. It is not practicable to estimate the additional taxes that may become payable upon the eventual 
remittance of these foreign earnings. 

The  Company  has  been  granted  “Tax  Holidays”  as  an  incentive  to  attract  foreign  investment  by  the 
governments of the Philippines and Costa Rica. Generally, a Tax Holiday is an agreement between the 
Company and a foreign government under which the Company receives certain tax benefits in that country, 
such  as  exemption  from  taxation  on  profits  derived  from  export-related  activities.  In  the  Philippines,  the 
Company has been granted multiple agreements with an initial period of four years and additional periods 
for varying years, expiring at various times between 2011 and 2020. The aggregate benefit to income tax 
expense  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2015,  2014  and  2013  was  approximately  $12.2 million, 
$20.2 million and $14.6 million, respectively, which had a favorable impact on diluted net income per share 
of $0.25, $0.27 and $0.28, respectively. 

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes 

In accordance with ASC 740, the Company has recorded a reserve for uncertain tax positions. The total 
amount  of  interest  and  penalties  recognized  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  and 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was 
approximately $709 thousand, $132 thousand and $77 thousand, respectively. 

The Company had a reserve for uncertain tax benefits, on a net basis, of $3.7 million and $1.9 million for 
the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The liability for uncertain tax positions was 
not changed in 2015 for tax positions that were resolved favorably or expired. 

The tabular reconciliation of the reserve for uncertain tax benefits on a gross basis without interest for the 
three years ended December 31, 2015 is presented below (in thousands): 

Balance as of December 31, 2012 

Additions for current year tax positions 
Reductions in prior year tax positions 

Balance as of December 31, 2013 

Additions for current year tax positions 
Reductions in prior year tax positions 

Balance as of December 31, 2014 

Additions for current year tax positions 
Reductions in prior year tax positions 

Balance as of December 31, 2015 

      $ 

$ 

 358 
 — 
 — 
 358 
 1,303 
— 
 1,661 
 1,048 
 — 
 2,709 

At December 31, 2015, the amount of uncertain tax benefits that, if recognized, would reduce tax expense 
was $3.7 million. Within the next 12 months, it is expected that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will 
be reduced by $1.2 million as a result of the expiration of various statutes of limitation. 

F-34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The  Company  and  its  domestic  and  foreign  subsidiaries  (including  Percepta  LLC  and  its  domestic  and 
foreign subsidiaries) file income tax returns as required in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and 
foreign jurisdictions. The following table presents the major tax jurisdictions and tax years that are open as 
of December 31, 2015 and subject to examination by the respective tax authorities: 

Tax Jurisdiction 
United States 
Argentina 
Australia 
Brazil 
Canada 
Mexico 
Philippines 
Spain 

     Tax Year Ended 
2012 to present 
2010 to present 
2011 to present 
2010 to present 
2008 to present 
2010 to present 
2013 to present 
2011 to present 

During  the  first  quarter  of  2014,  a  benefit  of  $1.2  million  was  recorded  due  to  the  closing  of  statutes  of 
limitations in Canada. 

During the third quarter of 2014, the Company settled an audit with the taxing authorities in the Netherlands 
for tax years 2010 and 2011. An expense of $1.3 million was recorded in the quarter as a result of that 
settlement and the related impact through 2014. 

In accordance with ASC 740, the Company recorded a liability during the second quarter of 2015 of $1.75 
million, inclusive of penalties and interest, for an uncertain tax position. See Note 1. 

The  Company’s  U.S. income  tax  returns  filed  for  the  tax  years  ending  December 31,  2012  to  present, 
remain open tax years. The IRS has concluded its audit in the United States for tax years 2009, 2011 and 
2012 resulting in no changes to the Company’s financial statements or tax liabilities as previously reported. 

The Company has been notified of the intent to audit, or is currently under audit of incomes taxes in the 
following jurisdictions: the United States, specifically for the acquired entity TSG, for the tax year 2012 
(prior to acquisition), Canada for tax years 2009 and 2010, and New Zealand for tax year 2013. Although 
the outcome of examinations by taxing authorities are always uncertain, it is the opinion of management 
that the resolution of these audits will not have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial 
Statements. 

(11) 

RESTRUCTURING CHARGES AND IMPAIRMENT LOSSES 

Restructuring Charges 

During  the  years  ended  December 31,  2015,  2014  and  2013,  the  Company  undertook  a  number  of 
restructuring  activities  primarily  associated  with  reductions  in  the  Company’s  capacity  and  workforce  in 
several of its segments to better align the capacity and workforce with current business needs. 

A summary of the expenses recorded in Restructuring, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements 
of  Comprehensive  Income  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2015,  2014  and  2013,  respectively,  is  as 
follows (in thousands): 

Reduction in force 

Customer Management Services 
Customer Growth Services 
Customer Technology Services 
Customer Strategy Services 

Total 

2015 

Year Ended December 31, 
2014 

2013 

   $ 

   $ 

 1,482  
 22  
 13  
 297  
 1,814  

$ 

$ 

 2,182  
 56  
 709  
 389  
 3,336  

$ 

$ 

 3,832  
 43  
 73  
 189  
 4,137  

F-35 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
     
     
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Facility exit charges 

Customer Management Services 
Customer Growth Services 
Customer Technology Services 
Customer Strategy Services 

Total 

2015 

Year Ended December 31, 
2014 

2013 

   $ 

   $ 

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

$ 

$ 

 14  
—  
—  
—  
 14  

$ 

$ 

 298  
—  
—  
—  
 298  

A rollforward of the activity in the Company’s restructuring accruals for the years ended December 31, 2015 
and 2014, respectively, is as follows (in thousands): 

Balance as of December 31, 2013 

Expense 
Payments 
Changes in estimates 

Balance as of December 31, 2014 

Expense 
Payments 
Changes due to foreign currency  
Changes in estimates 

Balance as of December 31, 2015 

     Closure of       

  Delivery 
  Centers 

  Reduction   
in Force 

Total 

  $ 

  $ 

 —   $   1,353   $   1,353  
    3,456  
 14  
   (2,632)  
 (14)  
 —  
 (106)  
    2,071  
 —  
    1,814  
 —  
   (2,869)  
 —  
 (210)  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 806  
 —   $ 

    3,442  
   (2,618)  
 (106)  
    2,071  
    1,814  
   (2,869)  
 (210)  
 —  
 806   $ 

The  remaining  restructuring  accruals  are  expected  to  be  paid  or  extinguished  during  2016  and  are  all 
classified as current liabilities within Other accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Impairment Losses 

During  each  of  the  periods  presented,  the  Company  evaluated  the  recoverability  of  its  leasehold 
improvement assets at certain delivery centers. An asset is considered to be impaired when the anticipated 
undiscounted future cash flows of its asset group are estimated to be less than the asset group’s carrying 
value. The amount of impairment recognized is the difference between the carrying value of the asset group 
and its fair value. To determine fair value, the Company used Level 3 inputs in its discounted cash flows 
analysis.  Assumptions  included  the  amount  and  timing  of  estimated  future  cash  flows  and  assumed 
discount  rates.  During  2015,  2014  and  2013,  the  Company  recognized  impairment  losses  related  to 
leasehold improvement assets of $0.4 million, $0.4 million, and $0.1 million, respectively, in its Customer 
Management Services segment. 

During the third and fourth quarters of 2015, the Company recorded impairment charges of $3.1 million and 
$2.8 million, respectively, related to the goodwill balance for the WebMetro reporting unit within the CGS 
segment. See Note 6 for further information. These expenses were included in the Impairment losses in 
the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

During the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $1.8 million related to 
the goodwill balance for the Latin America reporting unit within the CMS segment. See Note 6 for further 
information.  This  expense  was  included  in  the  Impairment  losses  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

During the second quarter of 2013, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $1.1 million related to 
the  PRG trade name intangible asset  within the  CSS segment. See Note  7 for further  information. This 
expense was included in the Impairment losses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
(Loss). 

F-36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
     
     
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

(12) 

INDEBTEDNESS 

Credit Facility 

On February 11, 2016, we entered into a First Amendment to our June 3, 2013 Amended and Restated 
Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security Agreement (collectively the “Credit Agreement”) for 
a senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo 
Bank,  National  Association.  The  Credit  Agreement  provides  for  a  secured  revolving  credit  facility  that 
matures on February 11, 2021 with an initial maximum aggregate commitment of $900.0 million, and an 
accordion feature of up to $1.2 billion in the aggregate, if certain conditions are satisfied. At our discretion, 
direct borrowing options under the Credit Agreement include Eurodollar loans, overnight base rate loans, 
and  alternate  currency  loans.  The  Credit  Agreement  also  provides  for  a  foreign  subsidiary  borrowing 
capacity sub-limit for loans or letters of credit of up to 50% of the total commitment amount, in both U.S. 
dollars and certain foreign currencies. 

Base rate loans bear interest at a rate equal to the greatest of (i) Wells Fargo’s prime rate, (ii) one half of 
1% in excess of the federal funds effective rate, and (iii) 1.25% in excess of the one month London Interbank 
Offered  Rate  (“LIBOR”);  plus  in  each  case  a  margin  of  0%  to  0.75  based  on  our  net  leverage  ratio. 
Eurodollar loans bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.0% to 1.75% based on our net leverage ratio. 
Alternate currency loans bear interest at rates applicable to their respective currencies.  

The applicable margins from February 11, 2016 until a compliance certificate is provided by us in connection 
with the delivery to the lenders of our quarterly financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2016, 
are 0.000% per annum for base rate loans and 1.000% per annum for Eurodollar loans or alternate currency 
loans.  

Letter of credit fees are one eighth of 1% of the stated amount of the letter of credit on the date of issuance, 
renewal or amendment, plus an annual fee equal to the borrowing margin for Eurodollar loans.  

The Credit Facility commitment fees are payable to the lenders in an amount equal to the unused portion 
of the Credit Facility multiplied by 0.125% per annum from February 11, 2016 until a compliance certificate 
is provided by us in connection with the delivery to the lenders of our quarterly financial statements for the 
quarter ended March 31, 2016, and thereafter at a rate of 0.250% to 0.125% based on our net leverage 
ratio. 

Indebtedness  under  the  Credit  Agreement  is  guaranteed  by  certain  of  our  domestic  subsidiaries  and  is 
collateralized by (subject to permitted liens) the U.S. accounts receivable and cash of our Company and 
certain of its domestic subsidiaries. The indebtedness may also be collateralized by tangible assets of our 
Company and its domestic subsidiaries, if borrowings by foreign subsidiaries exceed $100.0 million and the 
total net leverage ratio is greater than 3.00 to 1.00. We also pledged 65% of the voting stock and all of the 
non-voting stock, if any, of certain of our material foreign subsidiaries. 

In  addition,  the  Company  is  obligated  to  maintain  a  maximum  net  leverage  ratio  of  3.25  to  1.00,  and  a 
minimum Interest Coverage Ratio of 2.50 to 1.00. 

The  Company  primarily  utilizes  its  Credit  Agreement  to  fund  working  capital,  general  operations,  stock 
repurchases, dividends, and other strategic activities, such as the acquisitions described in Note 2. As of 
December 31,  2015,  and  2014,  the  Company  had  borrowings  of  $100.0  million  and  $100.0  million, 
respectively, under its Credit Agreement, and its average daily utilization was $319.6 million and $285.9 
million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. After consideration for issued letters 
of credit under the Credit Agreement, totaling $3.4 million, based on the current level of availability based 
on the covenant calculations the Company’s remaining borrowing capacity was approximately $415 million 
as of December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all covenants 
and conditions under its Credit Agreement. 

From time-to-time, the Company has unsecured, uncommitted lines of credit to support working capital for 
a few foreign subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, no foreign loans were outstanding. 

F-37 

 
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

(13) 

DEFERRED REVENUE AND COSTS 

Deferred revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following 
(in thousands): 

December 31, 

Deferred Revenue - Current 
Deferred Revenue - Long-term 
Total Deferred Revenue 

      2014 

      2015 
  $   26,184   $   29,887  
    18,771  
  $   44,007   $   48,658  

    17,823  

Deferred costs in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following (in thousands): 

December 31, 

Deferred Costs - Current 
Deferred Costs - Long-term 
Total Deferred Costs 

(14) 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Letters of Credit 

      2014 

      2015 
  $   16,905   $   16,845  
    12,214  
  $   28,377   $   29,059  

    11,472  

As of December 31, 2015, outstanding letters of credit under the Credit Agreement totaled $3.4 million and 
primarily guaranteed workers’ compensation and other insurance related obligations. As of December 31, 
2015, letters of credit and contract performance guarantees issued outside of the Credit Agreement totaled 
$4.3 million. 

Guarantees 

Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is guaranteed by certain of the Company’s present and future 
domestic subsidiaries. 

Legal Proceedings 

From time to time, the Company has been involved in legal actions, both as plaintiff and defendant, which 
arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company accrues for exposures associated with such legal 
actions to the extent that losses are deemed both probable and reasonably estimable. To the extent specific 
reserves have not been made for certain legal proceedings, their ultimate outcome, and consequently, an 
estimate of possible loss, if any, cannot reasonably be determined at this time. 

Based on currently available information and advice received from counsel, the Company believes that the 
disposition or ultimate resolution of any current legal proceedings, except as otherwise specifically reserved 
for in its financial statements, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, 
cash flows or results of operations. 

(15) 

LEASES 

The  Company  has  various  operating  leases  primarily  for  delivery  centers,  equipment,  and  office  space, 
which  generally  contain  renewal  options.  Rent  expense  under  operating  leases  was  approximately 
$37.7 million,  $33.2 million  and  $33.3 million  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2015,  2014  and  2013, 
respectively. 

In 2008, the Company sub-leased one of its delivery centers to a third party for the remaining term of the 
original lease. The sub-lease began on January 1, 2009 and rental income is recognized on a straight-line 
basis over the term of the sub-lease through 2021. Future minimum sub-lease rental receipts are shown in 
the table below. 

F-38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The future minimum rental payments and receipts required under non-cancelable operating leases as of 
December 31, 2015 are as follows (in thousands): 

     Operating      Sub-Lease   

  Leases 

Income 

2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
Thereafter 
Total 

  $ 

 36,571   $ 
 30,796  
 21,585  
 13,824  
 9,767  
 29,976  

 (2,234)  
 (2,234)  
 (2,470)  
 (2,470)  
 (2,470)  
 (206)  
  $   142,519   $   (12,084)  

The  Company  records  operating  lease  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  life  of  the  lease  as 
described in Note 1. The deferred lease liability as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $11.8 million and 
$9.0 million, respectively. 

Asset Retirement Obligations 

The  Company  records  asset  retirement  obligations  (“ARO”)  for  several  of  its  delivery  center  leases. 
Capitalized  costs  related  to  ARO’s  are  included  in  Other  long-term  assets  in  the  accompanying 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  while  the  ARO  liability  is  included  in  Other  long-term  liabilities  in  the 
accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  Following  is  a  summary  of  the  amounts  recorded 
(in thousands): 

ARO liability total 

  $ 

 1,941   $ 

 (136)   $ 

 49   $ 

 (213)   $ 

 1,641  

      Balance at       

  December 31,    Additions and   

2014 

  Modifications    Accretion    Settlements   

      Balance at       

  December 31,    Additions and   

2013 

  Modifications    Accretion    Settlements   

      Balance at    
  December 31,   
2015 

      Balance at    
  December 31,   
2014 

ARO liability total 

  $ 

 1,888   $ 

 39   $ 

 14   $ 

 —   $ 

 1,941  

Increases to ARO result from a new lease agreement or modifications on an ARO from a preexisting lease 
agreement. Modifications to ARO liabilities and accumulated accretion occur when lease agreements are 
amended  or  when  assumptions  change,  such  as  the  rate  of  inflation.  Modifications  are  accounted  for 
prospectively as changes in estimates. Settlements occur when leased premises are vacated and the actual 
cost of restoration is paid. Differences between the actual costs of restoration and the balance recorded as 
ARO  liabilities  are  recognized  as  gains  or  losses  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

(16) 

MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTEREST 

The Company holds an 80% interest in iKnowtion. In the event iKnowtion meets certain EBITDA targets for 
calendar year 2015, the purchase and sale agreement requires TeleTech to purchase the remaining 20% 
interest in iKnowtion in 2016 for an amount equal to a multiple of iKnowtion’s 2015 EBITDA as defined in 
the  purchase  and  sale  agreement.  These  terms  represent  a  contingent  redemption  feature  which  the 
Company determined is probable of being achieved. 

F-39 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Company has recorded the mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interest at the redemption value 
based on the corresponding EBITDA multiples as prescribed in the purchase and sale agreement at the 
end of each reporting period. At the end of each reporting period the changes in the redemption value are 
recorded in retained earnings. Since the EBITDA multiples as defined in the purchase and sale agreement 
are below the current market multiple, the Company has determined that there is no preferential treatment 
to the noncontrolling interest shareholders resulting in no impact to earnings per share. 

A rollforward of the mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interest is as follows (in thousands): 

Mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interest, January 1 
Net income attributable to mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interest 
Working capital distributed to mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interest 
Change in redemption value 

Mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interest, December 31 

  Year Ended December 31,   

2015 

 2,814  
 837  
 (633)  
 1,113  
 4,131  

  $ 

  $ 

2014 

 2,509  
 613  
 (1,244)  
 936  
 2,814  

$ 

$ 

(17) 

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 

The  following  table  presents  changes  in  the  accumulated  balance  for  each  component  of  Other 
comprehensive  income  (loss),  including  current  period  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  and 
reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (in thousands): 

      Foreign 
  Currency 
  Translation 
  Adjustment   

Derivative 
  Valuation, Net 
of Tax 

  Other, Net   
of Tax 

Totals 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at 
December 31, 2012 

  $ 

 15,673   $ 

 9,559   $ 

 (2,251)   $ 

 22,981  

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive 

income (loss) 

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss) 

 (26,254)  

 (13,721)  

 29  

 (39,946)  

 —  
 (26,254)  

 (4,190)  
 (17,911)  

 569  
 598  

 (3,621)  
 (43,567)  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at 
December 31, 2013 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at 
December 31, 2013 

  $ 

 (10,581)   $ 

 (8,352)   $ 

 (1,653)   $   (20,586)  

  $ 

 (10,581)    $ 

 (8,352)    $ 

 (1,653)    $   (20,586)  

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive 

income (loss) 

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss) 

 (22,771)  

 (12,121)  

 44  

 (34,848)  

 —  
 (22,771)  

 2,128  
 (9,993)  

 1,032  
 1,076  

 3,160  
 (31,688)  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at 
December 31, 2014 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at 
December 31, 2014 

  $ 

 (33,352)    $ 

 (18,345)    $ 

 (577)    $   (52,274)  

  $ 

 (33,352)    $ 

 (18,345)    $ 

 (577)    $   (52,274)  

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive 

income (loss) 

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss) 

 (37,844)  

 (16,349)  

 (3,614)  

 (57,807)  

 —  
 (37,844)  

 7,809  
 (8,540)  

 907  
 (2,707)  

 8,716  
 (49,091)  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at 
December 31, 2015 

  $ 

 (71,196)    $ 

 (26,885)    $ 

 (3,284)    $  (101,365)  

F-40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
       
 
       
 
      
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The  following  table  presents  the  classification  of  the  amount  reclassified  from  Accumulated  other 
comprehensive income (loss) to the statement of comprehensive income (loss) (in thousands): 

Derivative valuation 

Gain (loss) on foreign currency forward 
exchange contracts 
Loss on interest rate swaps 
Tax effect 

Other 

Actuarial loss on defined benefit plan 
Tax effect 

  For the Year Ended December 31,     Comprehensive Income   

      2015 

2014 

      2013 

(Loss) Classification 

Statement of 

  $  (12,410)   $ 
 (1,053)  
 5,654  
 (7,809)   $ 

  $ 

 (2,429)   $   7,973    Revenue 
   (1,047)   
 (1,060)  
Interest expense 
   (2,736)    Provision for income taxes  
 1,361  
 (2,128)   $   4,190    Net income (loss) 

  $ 

  $ 

 (1,008)   $ 
 101  
 (907)   $ 

 (1,098)   $ 
 66  
 (1,032)   $ 

 (605)    Cost of services 

 36    Provision for income taxes  

 (569)    Net income (loss) 

(18) 

NET INCOME PER SHARE 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  computation  of  basic  and  diluted  shares  for  the  periods  indicated 
(in thousands): 

           2015 

Year Ended December 31,  
      2013 

      2014 

Shares used in basic earnings per share calculation 

 48,370   

 49,297   

 51,338  

Effect of dilutive securities: 

Stock options 
Restricted stock units 
Performance-based restricted stock units 

Total effects of dilutive securities 

Shares used in dilutive earnings per share calculation 

 275   
 338   
 28   
 641   
 49,011   

 413   
 392   
—   
 805   
 50,102   

 417  
 489  
—  
 906  
 52,244  

For  the  years  ended  December 31,  2015,  2014  and  2013,  0.1 million,  0.1 million  and  0.1  million, 
respectively,  of  options  to  purchase  shares  of  common  stock  were  outstanding  but  not  included  in  the 
computation of diluted net income per share because the exercise price exceeded the value of the shares 
and  the effect would  have  been anti-dilutive. For  the  years  ended  December 31, 2015,  2014  and 2013, 
restricted  stock  units  of  0.4 million,  0.2  million,  and  0.2 million,  respectively,  were  outstanding  but  not 
included  in  the  computation  of  diluted  net  income  per  share  because  the  effect  would  have  been  anti-
dilutive.  For  the  years  ended  December 31,  2015,  2014  and  2013,  there  were  no  performance-based 
restricted stock units outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted net income per share. For 
the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, restricted stock units that vest based on the Company 
achieving  specified  operating  income  performance  targets  of  0.1  million,  0.1  million  and  0.1  million, 
respectively, were outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because 
they were determined not to be contingently issuable. 

F-41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
     
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

(19) 

EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION PLANS 

Employee Benefit Plan 

The Company currently has one 401(k) profit-sharing plan that allows participation by U.S. employees who 
have completed six months of service, as defined, and are 21 years of age or older. Participants may defer 
up to 75% of their gross pay, up to a maximum limit determined by U.S. federal law. Participants are also 
eligible for a matching contribution. The Company may from time to time, at its discretion, make a “matching 
contribution” based on the amount and rate of the elective deferrals. The Company determines how much, 
if any, it will contribute for each dollar of elective deferrals. Participants vest in matching contributions over 
a three-year period. Company matching contributions to the 401(k) plan(s) totaled $5.2 million, $4.8 million 
and $4.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Equity Compensation Plans 

In February 1999, the Company adopted the TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan 
(the “1999 Plan”). An aggregate of 14.0 million shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under 
the  1999  Plan,  which  permitted  the  award  of  incentive  stock  options,  non-qualified  stock  options,  stock 
appreciation rights, shares of restricted common stock and restricted stock units (“RSUs”). The 1999 Plan 
also  provided  for  annual  equity-based  compensation  grants  to  members  of  the  Company’s  Board  of 
Directors. Options granted to employees generally vested over four to five years and had a contractual life 
of  ten  years.  Options  issued  to  Directors  vested  immediately  and  had  a  contractual  life  of  ten  years.  In 
May 2009, the Company adopted a policy to issue RSUs to Directors, which generally vest over one year. 

In May 2010, the Company adopted the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”). Upon adoption of the 
2010 Plan, all authorized and unissued equity in the 1999 Plan was cancelled. An aggregate of 4.0 million 
shares of common stock has been reserved for issuance under the 2010 Plan, which permits the award of 
incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, shares of restricted common 
stock and RSUs. As of December 31, 2015, a total of 4.0 million shares were authorized and 1.0 million 
shares were available for issuance under the 2010 Plan. 

For  the  years  ended  December 31,  2015,  2014,  and  2013,  the  Company  recorded  total  equity-based 
compensation expense  under all equity-based  arrangements (stock options and RSUs) of $11.3 million, 
$11.3 million and $13.3 million, respectively. For 2015, 2014 and 2013, of the total compensation expense, 
$2.9 million, $2.3 million and $2.2 million was recognized in Cost of services and $8.4 million, $9.0 million 
and $11.1 million, was recognized in Selling, general and administrative in the Consolidated Statements of 
Comprehensive Income (Loss), respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, 
the Company recognized a tax benefit under all equity-based arrangements (stock options and RSUs) of 
$6.7 million, $6.3 million and $5.8 million, respectively. 

Restricted Stock Units 

2013,  2014  and  2015  RSU  Awards:  The  Company  granted  RSUs  in  2013,  2014  and  2015  to  new  and 
existing employees that vest over four or five years. The Company also granted RSUs in 2013, 2014 and 
2015 to members of the Board of Directors that vest over one year.  

During 2011, the Company granted 100,000 performance-based RSUs to a key employee that vest based 
on the Company achieving specified revenue and operating income performance in 2014. The Company 
determined  the  performance  targets  were  not  met;  and  therefore  these  RSU’s  did  not  vest  and  were 
forfeited. During 2014, the  Company granted to a different key  employee RSU’s based on revenue  and 
operating income performance for a reporting segment of the Company; these performance conditions were 
partially met and therefore 8,394 RSU’s were issued. These RSU vest over a four year period. 

During  2015,  the  Company  granted  performance-based  RSUs  to  an  executive  the  amount  of  which  is 
determinable based on a reporting segment of the Company achieving incremental operating income for 
each year from 2015-2017. During 2015, based on operating income performance for a reporting segment 
of  the  Company  approximately  $0.4  million  of  RSUs  were  earned.  These  RSUs  are  anticipated  to  be 
granted in March 2016 and will vest 12 months from the grant date. 

F-42 

 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Summary of RSUs:  Settlement of the RSUs shall be made in shares of the Company’s common stock by 
delivery of one share of common stock for each RSU then being settled. The Company calculates the fair 
value  for  RSUs  based  on  the  closing  price  of  the  Company’s  stock  on  the  date  of  grant  and  records 
compensation  expense  over  the  vesting  period  using  a  straight-line  method.  The  Company  factors  an 
estimated forfeiture rate in calculating compensation expense on RSUs and adjusts for actual forfeitures 
upon the vesting of each tranche of RSUs. The Company also factors in the present value of the estimated 
dividend payments that will have accrued as these RSU’s are vesting. 

The weighted average grant-date fair value of RSUs, including performance-based RSUs, granted during 
the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $26.52, $26.92, and $21.66, respectively. The 
total intrinsic value and fair value of RSUs vested during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 
2013 was $13.0 million, $12.4 million, and $12.3 million, respectively. 

A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUs and activity 
for the year ended December 31, 2015 is as follows: 

Unvested as of December 31, 2014 

Granted 
Vested 
Cancellations/expirations 

Unvested as of December 31, 2015 

     Weighted   
  Average    
  Grant Date   
  Fair Value   

  Shares 

 1,823,078   $ 
 768,590   $ 
 (531,789)   $ 
 (504,413)   $ 
 1,555,466   $ 

 23.02  
 26.52  
 22.71  
 21.79  
 25.25  

All  RSU’s  vested  during  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015  were  issued  out  of  treasury  stock.  As  of 
December 31, 2015, there was approximately $28.6 million of total unrecognized compensation expense 
and approximately $43.4 million in total intrinsic value related to non-vested RSU grants. The unrecognized 
compensation expense will be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.6 years 
using the straight-line method. 

Stock Options 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company granted 150,000 stock options to a key employee. 
The stock option award is made up of four separate tranches. Each tranche will vest based on certain stock 
price targets (market conditions). The grant date fair values of each tranche were calculated using a Monte 
Carlo simulation model in addition to a time-based binomial lattice model. The following table provides the 
assumptions used in the time-based binomial lattice model for each tranche granted: 

Risk-free interest rate 
Expected life in years 
Expected volatility 
Dividend yield 
Weighted-average volatility 

     Year Ended December 31,   
2011 
 2.1 
-   2.7 

1.3 

% 

 54.4 
 — 
 54.4 

% 
% 
% 

The  Company  estimated  the  expected  term  based  on  historical  averages  of  option  exercises  and 
expirations.  The  calculation  of  expected  volatility  is  based  on  the  historical  volatility  of  the  Company’s 
common  stock  over  the  expected  term.  The  risk-free  interest  rate  is  based  on  the  yield  on  the  grant 
measurement date of a traded zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond, as reported by the U.S. Federal Reserve, 
with a term equal to the expected term of the stock option granted. The Company factored an estimated 
forfeiture rate and adjusted for actual forfeitures upon the vesting of each tranche of options. 

F-43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

A summary of stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2015 is as follows: 

  Weighted   
  Average 
  Exercise   
  Price 

      Weighted 
Average 

  Remaining 
Contract 
  Term in Years   

  Aggregate   
Intrinsic    
Value 
(000’s) 

  Shares 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2014 

Exercises 
Post-vest cancellations/expirations 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2015 

 1,151,999   $   13.67  
 (894,168)   $   11.59  
 (16,667)   $   17.31  
 241,164   $   21.11   

   $   13,894  

 3.94 

  $ 

 1,641  

Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2015 

 107,831   $   25.80   

 1.54 

  $ 

 228  

During the third quarter of 2015, Mr. Kenneth D. Tuchman, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of 
TeleTech,  exercised  the  option  he  received  from  the  Company  in  2005  to  purchase  800,000  shares  of 
TeleTech stock at the strike price of $11.35 per share. To effectuate a “cashless exercise” of the option, on 
August 24, 2015, Mr. Tuchman entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with TeleTech, under the terms 
of which  he exercised the  option at  the  end of business on August  31, 2015  and, upon issuance of the 
option shares, sold to TeleTech, in a simultaneous transaction, a number of shares necessary to pay the 
option exercise price plus any tax withholding obligations. The option shares were valued at the market 
price of the close of business on that date. Mr. Tuchman’s option, granted under TeleTech’s 1999 Stock 
Option  and  Incentive  Plan,  was  fully  vested  and  set  to  expire  in  November,  2015,  The  Stock  Purchase 
Agreement was approved by the independent members of TeleTech’s Board of Directors who deemed it to 
be in the best interest of the Company and all its shareholders. 

There  were  no  stock  options  granted  during  2015,  2014  or  2013.  The  total  intrinsic  value  of  options 
exercised during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $13.9 million, $0.8 million and 
$1.0 million, respectively. The total fair value of stock options vested during the years ended December 31, 
2015, 2014 and 2013 was zero, respectively. 

As of December 31, 2015, there was approximately $300 thousand of unrecognized compensation expense 
related to non-vested stock options. The unrecognized compensation expense will be recognized over the 
remaining weighted-average derived service period of 2.6 years using the straight-line method. 

Cash received from option exercises under the Plans for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 
2013 was $0.8 million, $0.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively. The recognized tax benefit from option 
exercises  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2015,  2014  and  2013  was  $1.0 million,  $0.3 million  and 
$0.4 million, respectively. Shares issued for options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2015 
were issued out of treasury stock. 

(20) 

STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM 

Stock Repurchase Program 

The Company has a stock repurchase program, which was initially authorized by the Company’s Board of 
Directors in November 2001. As of December 31, 2015, the cumulative authorized repurchase allowance 
was $662.3 million.  During the  year ended  December 31,  2015, the  Company  purchased  686  thousand 
shares for $17.2 million. Since inception of the program, the Company has purchased 42.8 million shares 
for  $642.8 million.  As  of  December 31,  2015,  the  remaining  allowance  under  the  program  was 
approximately  $19.6 million.  For  the  period  from January 1,  2016  through  March  7,  2016,  the  Company 
purchased 217,346 additional shares at a cost of $5.6 million. The stock repurchase program does not have 
an  expiration  date.  On  February 18,  2016,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  an  increase  in  the  share 
repurchase allowance of $25 million. 

F-44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
      
 
      
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

(21) 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

The Company  entered  into an agreement under  which Avion, LLC (“Avion”)  and Airmax LLC (“Airmax”) 
provide certain aviation flight services as requested by the Company. Such services include the use of an 
aircraft and flight crew. Kenneth D. Tuchman, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, has 
a  direct  100%  beneficial  ownership  interest  in  Avion  and  Airmax.  During  2015,  2014  and  2013,  the 
Company  expensed  $1.7 million,  $1.0 million  and  $0.6 million,  respectively,  to  Avion  and  Airmax  for 
services  provided  to  the  Company.  There  was  $120  thousand  outstanding  to  Avion  and  Airmax  as  of 
December 31, 2015. 

During  2014,  the  Company  entered  into  a  vendor  contract  with  Convercent  Inc.  to  provide  learning 
management and web and telephony based global helpline solutions. The majority owner of Convercent is 
a company which is owned and controlled by Kenneth D. Tuchman, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
of the Company. During 2015 and 2014, the Company paid $100 thousand and $20 thousand, respectively, 
to Convercent and is expecting to spend another $100 thousand during 2016. 

During 2015, the Company entered into a vendor contract with Netlink to help the Company develop a key 
stroke  monitoring  solution.  Shrikant  Mehta,  one  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  has  an  ownership  interest  in 
Netlink. During 2015, the Company paid $98 thousand to Netlink for these services. 

During 2015, the Company entered into a contract to purchase software from CaféX, which is a company 
that  TeleTech  holds  a  17.2%  equity  investment  in.  During  the  second  quarter  of  2015,  the  Company 
purchased $0.4 million of software from CaféX. See Note 2 for further information regarding this investment. 

(22) 

OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

Self-insurance  liabilities  of  the  Company  which  are  included  in  Accrued  employee  compensation  and 
benefits and Other accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows 
(in thousands): 

December 31, 

Worker’s compensation 
Employee health and dental insurance 
Other insurance 

Total self-insurance liabilities 

(23) 

DECONSOLIDATION OF A SUBSIDIARY 

      2014 

      2015 
  $   2,320   $   2,007  
    4,769  
    1,068  
  $   7,951   $   7,844  

    4,429  
    1,202  

During the second quarter of 2013, the Company concluded that it no longer had controlling influence over 
Peppers & Rogers Gulf WLL (“PRG Kuwait”), a once consolidated subsidiary in the CSS segment, because 
the  Company  was  no  longer  confident  that  it  could  exercise  its  beneficial  ownership  rights.  Upon 
deconsolidation of PRG Kuwait, the Company wrote off all PRG Kuwait assets and liabilities resulting in a 
loss  of  $3.7  million  which  was  recorded  in  Loss  on  deconsolidation  of  subsidiary  in  the  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  (Loss).  The  $3.7  million  loss  included  $1.3  million  of  goodwill 
allocated to PRG Kuwait immediately prior to deconsolidation based on PRG Kuwait’s relative fair value of 
the  CSS  segment.  Effective  April 2014,  the  Company  entered  into  a  stock  and  membership  interest 
purchase agreement with PRG Kuwait’s other shareholder to sell its 48% interest in PRG Kuwait for $175 
thousand. That agreement has not yet closed. 

F-45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

(24) 

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) 

The  following  tables  present  certain  quarterly  financial  data  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015 
(in thousands except per share amounts). 

      First 

      Second        Third 

      Fourth 

  Quarter 

  Quarter 

  Quarter 

  Quarter    

Revenue 
Cost of services 
Selling, general and administrative 
Depreciation and amortization 
Restructuring charges, net 
Impairment losses 

Income from operations 

Other income (expense) 
Provision for income taxes 
Non-controlling interest 

Net income attributable to TeleTech stockholders 

Weighted average shares outstanding 

Basic 
Diluted 

Net income per share attributable to TeleTech 

stockholders 

Basic 
Diluted 

  $  325,521   $  310,223   $  309,195   $  341,816  
    245,668  
 48,575  
 17,279  
 185  
 5,034  
 25,075  
 (590)  
 (6,566)  
 (916)  
  $   18,772   $   14,696   $   11,195   $   17,003  

    225,978  
 48,418  
 15,486  
 622  
 3,066  
 15,625  
 (1,995)  
 (1,192)  
 (1,243)  

    232,984  
 50,237  
 15,363  
 809  
—  
 26,128  
 (1,688)  
 (4,405)  
 (1,263)  

    223,617  
 47,376  
 15,680  
 198  
—  
 23,352  
 (18)  
 (7,841)  
 (797)  

 48,370  
 49,158  

 48,325  
 49,064  

 48,345  
 48,936  

 48,439  
 48,853  

  $ 
  $ 

 0.39   $ 
 0.38   $ 

 0.30   $ 
 0.30   $ 

 0.23   $ 
 0.23   $ 

 0.35  
 0.35  

Included in the fourth quarter is an additional $2.9 million expense related to the  correction of an error in 
goodwill impairment annual assessment that should have been recorded in the fourth quarter of 2014 and 
the third quarter of 2015. See Note 1 for further information. 

Included  in  Other  income  (expense)  in  the  second,  the  third  and  the  fourth  quarters  are  a  $0.5  million 
benefit, a $0.8 million expense and a $0.3 million benefit related to fair value adjustments to the contingent 
consideration related to revised estimates of the performance against the targets for two of the Company’s 
acquisitions. 

Included in the Provision for Income Taxes is a $0.3 million benefit in the first quarter, a $0.1 million benefit 
in the second quarter, a $0.2 million benefit in the third quarter and a $0.1 million benefit in the fourth quarter 
related to restructuring charges. Also included are a $0.3 million of benefit in the first quarter, $0.2 million 
of expense in the second quarter and $1.2 million of expense in the fourth quarter related to changes in 
valuation allowances. Additionally, in the second quarter there was $1.5 million of expense related to the 
recording of an uncertain tax position. Finally, there was a $0.5 million benefit in the first quarter related to 
tax rate changes, a $1.3 million benefit in the third quarter and a $1.3 million benefit in the fourth quarter 
related to impairments and $1.3 million of expense in the fourth quarter related to various state NOL’s. 

Included in the second quarter is a $1.75 million additional estimated tax liability that should have been 
recorded in prior periods related to ongoing discussions with relevant government authorities related to site 
compliance with tax advantaged status. See Note 1 for further information. 

F-46 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The  following  tables  present  certain  quarterly  financial  data  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2014 
(in thousands except per share amounts). 

      First 

      Second        Third 

      Fourth 

  Quarter 

  Quarter 

  Quarter 

  Quarter    

Revenue 
Cost of services 
Selling, general and administrative 
Depreciation and amortization 
Restructuring charges, net 
Impairment losses 

Income from operations 

Other income (expense) 
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes 
Non-controlling interest 

Net income attributable to TeleTech stockholders 

Weighted average shares outstanding 

Basic 
Diluted 

Net income per share attributable to TeleTech 

stockholders 

Basic 
Diluted 

  $  302,221   $  295,490   $  305,900   $  338,170  
    240,146  
 50,537  
 15,386  
 1,600  
 373  
 30,128  
 2,138  
 (8,971)  
 (1,329)  
  $   20,218   $   16,862   $   13,247   $   21,966  

    220,244  
 49,847  
 13,893  
 593  
—  
 21,323  
 (856)  
 (5,778)  
 (1,442)  

    213,787  
 50,367  
 13,170  
 540  
—  
 24,357  
 (178)  
 (2,876)  
 (1,085)  

    212,315  
 47,802  
 14,089  
 617  
 —  
 20,667  
 2,880  
 (5,417)  
 (1,268)  

 50,045  
 50,973  

 49,351  
 50,111  

 49,093  
 49,940  

 48,714  
 49,514  

  $ 
  $ 

 0.40   $ 
 0.40   $ 

 0.34   $ 
 0.34   $ 

 0.27   $ 
 0.27   $ 

 0.45  
 0.44  

Included in Other income (expense) in the second and the fourth quarters are a $4.0 million benefit and a 
net $2.7 million benefit related to fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration related to revised 
estimates of the performance against the targets for four of the Company’s acquisitions. 

Included in the Provision for Income Taxes is a $0.2 million benefit in the first quarter, a $0.2 million 
benefit in the second quarter, a $0.2 million benefit in the third quarter and a $0.6 million benefit in the 
fourth quarter related to restructuring charges. Also included are a $0.6 million of benefit in the first 
quarter and $0.2 million of expense in the third quarter related to changes in valuation allowances. 
Additionally, in the second quarter there was $1.6 million of expense, $0.7 million of expense in the third 
quarter and $1.6 million of expense in the fourth quarter related to changes in the value of future 
contingent payments. Finally, there was $1.2 million of benefit in the first quarter related to the closing of 
a statute of limitations and $1.3 million of expense in the third quarter related to the Netherlands audit. 

F-47 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX 

Exhibit No. 

  Description 

3.01** 

3.02** 

10.04** 

10.06** 

10.24** 

10.25** 

10.27** 

10.28** 

10.29** 

10.30** 

10.31** 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. filed with the State of 
Delaware on August 1, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to TeleTech’s 
Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-04097) 
filed on July 5, 1996) 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of TeleTech (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 3.02 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 28, 2009) 

TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Incentive 
Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.04 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012) 

TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference as 
Appendix A to TeleTech’s Definitive Proxy Statement, filed April 12, 2010) 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Section 16 Officers) (incorporated by 
reference as Exhibit 4.3 to TeleTech’s Form S-8 Registration Statement (Registration 
No. 333-167300) filed on June 3, 2010) 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Non-Section 16 Employees) (incorporated 
by reference as Exhibit 4.4 to TeleTech’s Form S-8 Registration Statement 
(Registration No. 333-167300) filed on June 3, 2010) 

Form of Global Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Operating Committee Member) 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on May 1, 2013) 

Form of Global Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Non-Operating Committee 
Member) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to TeleTech’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on May 1, 2013) 

Form of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (other 
employees) effective July 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.29 to 
TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014) 

Form of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Directors 
and Executive Committee Members) effective July 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference 
as Exhibit 10.30 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2014) 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Non-Employee Director) 
(incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.08 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-
K for the year ended December 31, 2007) 

10.32* 

Independent Director Compensation Arrangements (effective January 1, 2016) 

10.33** 

Form of Indemnification Agreement with Directors (incorporated by reference as 
Exhibit 10.1 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 22, 2010) 

F-48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No. 

  Description 

10.40** 

10.41** 

10.50** 

10.52** 

10.54** 

10.60** 

10.62** 

10.63** 

10.80** 

10.80** 

10.90** 

Employment Agreement between Kenneth D. Tuchman and TeleTech dated 
October 15, 2001 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.68 to TeleTech’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001) 

Amendment to Employment Agreement between Kenneth D. Tuchman and TeleTech 
dated December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.17 to TeleTech’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008) 

Employment Agreement between James E. Barlett and TeleTech dated October 15, 
2001 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.66 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001) 

Amendment to Employment Agreement between James E. Barlett and TeleTech 
dated December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.13 to TeleTech’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008) 

Second Amendment, dated as of April 19, 2011, to TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 
Restricted Stock Unit Agreement by and between TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and James 
E. Barlett dated June 22, 2007  (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to 
TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 22, 2011) 

Employment Agreement between Regina Paolillo and TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 
effective as of November 3, 2011 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to 
TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 27, 2011) 

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement dated as of November 15, 2011 between TeleTech 
Holdings, Inc. and Regina Paolillo (RSU Performance Agreement) (incorporated by 
reference as Exhibit 10.2 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed 
November 21, 2011) 

Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of November 15, 2011 between 
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and Regina Paolillo (Option Agreement)(incorporated by 
reference as Exhibit 10.3 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed 
November 21, 2011) 

Employment Agreement between Keith Gallacher and TeleTech Services 
Corporation effective as of June 3, 2013 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to 
TeleTech’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013) 

Employment Agreement between Robert N. Jimenez and TeleTech Services 
Corporation effective as of April 20, 2015 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.81 
to TeleTech’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015) 

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and First Amendment 
to  Amended and Restated Security Agreement (collectively, “New Credit 
Agreement”) for the senior secured revolving credit facility (the “New Credit Facility”) 
with a syndicate of lenders (collectively, “Lenders”) led by Wells Fargo Bank, National 
Association, as agent, swing line and fronting lender.  The New Credit Agreement 
amends the Company’s prior Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and 
Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of June 3, 2013 (the “Prior 
Credit Facility”). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.90 to TeleTech’s Form 8-K 
filed on February 16, 2016) 

- 

21.1* 

  List of subsidiaries 

F-49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No. 
23.1* 

  Description 
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

24.1* 

  Power of Attorney 

31.1* 

  Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CEO of TeleTech 

31.2* 

  Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CFO of TeleTech 

32.1* 

32.2* 

Written Statement of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the  Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350) 

Written  Statement  of  Chief  Financial  Officer  Pursuant  to  Section 906  of  the  Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350) 

101.INS***    XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH***   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL***   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. 

101.LAB***   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 

101.PRE***   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF***   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

* 
** 

Filed or furnished herewith. 
Identifies exhibit that consists of or includes a management contract or compensatory plan or 
arrangement. 

Attached as Exhibit 101 to this report are the following documents formatted in XBRL (Extensible 

*** 
Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, 
(ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015, 
2014 and 2013, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 
2015, 2014 and 2013, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 
2015, 2014 and 2013, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

F-50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31. 1 

I, Kenneth D. Tuchman, certify that: 

CERTIFICATION 

1. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of TeleTech Holdings, Inc.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit 
to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under 
which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this 
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash 
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and 
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) 
for the registrant and have: 

a.  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and 

procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within 
those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over 

financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and 

presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and 
procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting 

that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal 
quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to 
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation 
of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the 
registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a.  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 

over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b.  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

By: 

/s/  Kenneth D. Tuchman 
Kenneth D. Tuchman 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Date: March 14, 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

I, Regina M. Paolillo, certify that: 

CERTIFICATION 

1. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of TeleTech Holdings, Inc.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit 
to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under 
which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this 
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash 
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and 
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) 
for the registrant and have: 

a.  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and 

procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within 
those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over 

financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and 

presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and 
procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting 

that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal 
quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to 
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation 
of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the 
registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a.  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 

over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b.  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

By: 

/s/  Regina M. Paolillo 
Regina M. Paolillo 
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

Date: March 14, 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Written Statement of Chief Executive Officer 
Pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350) 

Exhibit 32.1 

The undersigned, the Chief Executive Officer of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certifies 
that, to his knowledge on the date hereof: 

a. 

b. 

The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2015 filed 
on the date hereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”) fully complies 
with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company. 

By: 

/s/  Kenneth D. Tuchman 
Kenneth D. Tuchman 
Chief Executive Officer 

Date: March 14, 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Written Statement of Chief Financial Officer 
Pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350) 

Exhibit 32.2 

The undersigned, the Chief Financial Officer of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certifies 
that, to his knowledge on the date hereof: 

a. 

b. 

The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2015 filed 
on the date hereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”) fully complies 
with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company. 

By: 

/s/  Regina M. Paolillo 
Regina M. Paolillo 
Chief Financial Officer 

Date: March 14, 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Information

Directors
Kenneth D. Tuchman 
Founder; Chairman of the Board

James E. Barlett 
Vice Chairman; former Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Galileo International

Tracy L. Bahl 
Executive Vice President, Health Plans, CVS Health; former Director, MedExpress; former 
Executive Chairman, Emdeon; former Chief Executive Officer, Uniprise

Gregory A. Conley 
Former Chief Executive Officer, Aha! Software; former Chief Executive Officer,  
Odyssey Group, SA 

Robert N. Frerichs 
Director, Merkle, Inc.; former International Chairman, Accenture, Inc.; former Chairman,  
Aricent Group; former Chairman, Avanade

Marc L. Holtzman 
Chairman, Kazkommertsbank; Chairman, Bank of Kigali Limited; former Director, FTI Consulting; 
former Chairman, Meridian Capital HK; former Vice Chairman, Barclays Capital

Shrikant Mehta 
Chief Executive Officer, Combine International, Inc., Director, Lenderlive,  
Little Switzerland and NETLINK 

Executive Officers
Kenneth D. Tuchman 
Chief Executive Officer

Regina M. Paolillo 
Executive Vice President; Chief Administrative and Financial Officer

Martin F. DeGhetto 
Executive Vice President; Customer Management Services

Charles “Keith” Gallacher 
Executive Vice President; Global Markets and Industries

Judi A. Hand 
Executive Vice President; Customer Growth Services

Robert N. Jimenez
Executive Vice President; Customer Strategic Services

Steven C. Pollema
Senior Vice President; Customer Technology Services

Margaret B. McLean 
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Risk Officer 

Audit Committee
Gregory A. Conley, Chairman 
Robert N. Frerichs 
Marc L. Holtzman 

Compensation Committee
Tracy L. Bahl, Chairman 
Gregory A. Conley 
Robert N. Frerichs 

Nominating and Governance Committee
Shrikant Mehta, Chairman 
Tracy L. Bahl

Executive Committee
James E. Barlett, Chairman 
Tracy L. Bahl 
Shrikant Mehta

Stock Listing

NASDAQ Global Select Market
Symbol: TTEC 

Website
teletech.com

2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders

The Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be 
held Wednesday, May 25, 2016, beginning at 
1:00 p.m. MDT at:
TeleTech Holdings, Inc.
Global Headquarters
9197 South Peoria Street
Englewood, CO 80112-5833 

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.
1717 Arch Street, Suite 1300
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Telephone:  855.206.5002
Facsimile:     215.553.5402
Email:  shareholder@broadridge.com 

Investor Information
Investor information, including TeleTech’s 
Annual Report, press releases, and filings 
with the U.S. Securities and Exchange 
Commission, may be obtained from 
TeleTech’s website, teletech.com 
or by contacting TeleTech Investor 
Relations at:  
1.800.835.3832
investor.relations@teletech.com 

Independent Accountants
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,  
Denver, Colorado

Annual Report Cover References: 

2015 global contact centre benchmarking report. 
(2015). Retrieved February 7, 2016, from http://www.
dimensiondata.com/

Apczynski, T. (2011, September 12). Infographic: Love ‘Em or 
Hate ‘Em, Call Centers Are Here to Stay. Retrieved February 7, 
2016, from https://www.zendesk.com/blog/call-centers-are-
here-to-stay/

Ellis, B. (2011, November 3). Waiting for the cable guy is 
costing us $38 billion. Retrieved February 7, 2016, from 
http://money.cnn.com/2011/11/03/pf/cost_of_waiting/index.
htm?iid=HP_River

Irabor, R. (2015, June 30). 17 Stats on the Current State of 
Customer Experience. Retrieved February 7, 2016, from http://
www.sailthru.com/marketing-blog/17-stats-current-state-
customer-experience/

Isn’t it about time IVR was reinvented? (2016). Retrieved 
February 7, 2016, from http://www.inferencesolutions.com/
isnt-it-about-time-ivr-reinvented/

Marsh, A. (2013, March 05). 40 Stats Shaping the Future of 
Contact Centers. Retrieved February 7, 2016, from http://blog.
vpi-corp.com/blog/featured/40-stats-shaping-the-future-of-
contact-centers/

Reports - ContactBabel. (n.d.). Retrieved February 7, 2016, from 
http://www.contactbabel.com/reports.cfm

TeleTech is a leading global provider of customer experience, engagement, and growth solutions. 

Founded  in  1982,  the  company  helps  its  clients  acquire,  retain,  and  grow  profitable  customer 

relationships.  Using  customer-centric  strategy,  technology,  processes,  and  operations,  TeleTech 

partners with business leadership across marketing, sales, and customer care to design and deliver 

a simple, more human customer experience across every interaction channel.

Servicing over 80 countries, TeleTech’s 46,000 employees live by a set of customer-focused values 

that guide relationships with clients, their customers, and each other.

To  learn  more  about  how  TeleTech  is  bringing  humanity  to  the  customer  experience,  visit  us  at 

TeleTech.com.

9197 South Peoria Street  |  Englewood, CO 80112-5833  |  303.397.8100 or 1.800.835.3832

Global Headquarters

teletech.com

LEAD EVERY DAY  |  DO THE RIGHT THING  |  REACH FOR AMAZING  |  SEEK FIRST TO UNDERSTAND  |  ACT AS ONE  |  LIVE LIFE PASSIONATELY